SGS THOMSON MICROELECTRONICS NV
20-F, 1996-07-05
SEMICONDUCTORS & RELATED DEVICES
Previous: STAT HEALTHCARE INC, SC 13D, 1996-07-05
Next: FYI INC, 8-K/A, 1996-07-05



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 20-F

|_|            REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OR (G)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                       or
|X|             ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                   for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995
                                       or
|_|           TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                        for the transition period from to
                        Commission File number: 33-86320

                        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
          N/A                                   The Netherlands
(Translation of Registrant's                 (Jurisdiction of incorporation
    name into English)                   or organization)

                      Technoparc du Pays de Gex - B.P. 112
                             165, rue Edouard Branly
                            01630 Saint Genis Pouilly
                                     France
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

          Title of each class:                     Name of each exchange
                                                    on which registered

 Common Shares, nominal value                      New York Stock Exchange
   NLG 13.75 per Common Share


Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                      None

Securities for which there is a reporting  obligation  pursuant to Section 15(d)
of the Act:
                                      None

         Indicate  the  number of  outstanding  shares  of each of the  issuer's
classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period  covered by the
annual report:

         Common Shares, nominal value NLG 13.75
         per Common Share                        138,208,680

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                        Yes |X|                   No |_|

         Indicate by check mark which  financial  statement  item the registrant
has elected to follow:

                        Item 17 |_|               Item 18 |X|





<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                     PART I

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Item 1.     Description of Business........................................   1
Item 2.     Description of Property........................................  35
Item 3.     Legal Proceedings..............................................  38
Item 4.     Control of Registrant..........................................  40
Item 5.     Nature of Trading Market.......................................  47
Item 6.     Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security
              Holders*.....................................................  47
Item 7.     Taxation.......................................................  47
Item 8.     Selected Consolidated Financial Data...........................  51
Item 9.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
              and Results of Operations....................................  52
Item 10.    Directors and Officers of Registrant...........................  52
Item 11.    Compensation of Directors and Officers.........................  61
Item 12.    Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant or Subsidiaries.  61
Item 13.    Interest of Management in Certain Transactions.................  62

                                     PART II

Item 14.    Description of Securities to be Registered*....................  63


                                    PART III

Item 15.    Defaults upon Senior Securities*...............................  63
Item 16.    Changes in Securities and Changes in Security for Registered
              Securities*..................................................  63


                                     PART IV

Item 17.    Financial Statements*..........................................  63
Item 18.    Financial Statements...........................................  63
Item 19.    Financial Statements and Exhibits..............................  64


Signature
- ----------------
*  Omitted because item is not applicable.


<PAGE>




                                     PART I


                         Item 1: Description of Business


The Company

                  SGS-THOMSON is a global independent semiconductor company that
designs,  develops,  manufactures  and  markets a broad  range of  semiconductor
integrated   circuits   and   discrete   devices  used  in  a  wide  variety  of
microelectronic  applications,  including  telecommunications  systems, computer
systems,  consumer products,  automotive products and industrial  automation and
control  systems.  On the basis of 1995  revenues,  SGS-THOMSON  was the world's
leading supplier of analog ICs,  mixed-signal  ICs, power ICs and MPEG-2 decoder
ICs. The Company currently offers more than 3,000 main types of products to more
than 1,500  customers  including  Alcatel,  Bosch,  Creative  Technology,  Ford,
Hewlett-Packard,   IBM,  Motorola,  Nokia,  Northen  Telecom,  Philips,  Seagate
Technology, Siemens, Sony, Thomson Multimedia and Western Digital.

                  The  Company  offers  a  diversified   product  portfolio  and
develops  products  for a wide  range  of  market  applications  to  reduce  its
dependence on any single product,  industry or application  market.  The Company
has focused on  developing  products that exploit its  technological  strengths,
including  differentiated  ICs (which the Company defines as being its dedicated
products,  semicustom devices and  microcontrollers).  Differentiated ICs foster
close  relationships  with  customers,  resulting  in early  knowledge  of their
evolving  requirements  and  opportunities  to access  their  markets  for other
products,  and are  less  vulnerable  to  competitive  pressures  than  standard
commodity  products.  Differentiated  ICs  accounted  for  just  over 51% of the
Company's  net  revenues in 1995  compared to  approximately  48% in 1994.  SGS-
THOMSON  also  targets   applications  that  require   substantial   analog  and
mixed-signal  content and can exploit the Company's system level  expertise.  In
1995,  analog ICs (including  mixed-signal  ICs), the majority of which are also
differentiated  ICs,  accounted  for  approximately  46%  of the  Company's  net
revenues  (compared  to  approximately  43% in  1994),  while  discrete  devices
accounted  for  approximately  17% of the  Company's  net revenues  (compared to
approximately  15% in 1994).  In recent years,  analog ICs and discrete  devices
have  experienced  less  volatility  in sales growth  rates and average  selling
prices than the overall semiconductor industry.

                  In 1995,  the Company  introduced  a number of  important  new
products,  such as the STG2000  multimedia  accelerator,  the single-chip MPEG-2
decoder  family,  ST20 32-bit micro cores,  as well as a digital  processor (DSP
950) and 4 Mbit flash memory family.  Most of these products address the rapidly
growing markets for multimedia personal computers,  television set top boxes and
digital cellular  telephones.  The Company has also signed a licensing agreement
with  Bosch that  grants  the  automotive  component  manufacturer  the right to
develop and manufacture  smart power ICs using the Company's  latest  generation
bipolar-CMOS-DMOS  (1.2 micron,  60 volt)  process.  The Company  entered into a
multi-year  agreement with Western Digital,  pursuant to which the Company is to
supply Western Digital with ICs based on CMOS standard cell  methodologies  (0.7
micron  migrating to 0.5 micron by year end 1995).  This agreement  provides for
the Company to supply  products  for disc  controllers  as well as new  products
under development.



<PAGE>



                  In July 1995,  the Company  announced  that the  research  and
development  center  jointly  operated  by the Company  and CNET,  the  research
laboratory of France  Telecom,  had completed the development of the 0.35 micron
CMOS process,  only one year after the  qualification of the 0.5 micron process.
The 0.35 micron  process,  currently  used in the assembly and  development of a
complex  evaluation  circuit of several  million  transistors,  consists of five
metal layers and involves  more than 140  elementary  operations.  Other complex
prototypes  are being  developed to further  validate the process and accelerate
the  introduction  of products  based on this process,  in particular a systolic
processor for the  estimation of movement in images,  and a  programmable  video
processor  for the  coding  of  images in  accordance  with the MPEG 4  standard
(currently undergoing standardization).

                  In 1995, the Company established a design center in India, the
Company's  largest  design  center  outside  of Europe,  which will  principally
cooperate in the design of advanced  macrocells  and libraries for the Company's
analog, digital and mixed signal technologies.

                  In  1995,   SGS-THOMSON   adopted  a  plan  to  increase   its
manufacturing  capacity through the addition of new 8-inch submicron fabrication
plants that will be designed to meet the growing  demand for VLSI  devices.  The
Company also  approved  the  building  and  equipping of a new 8-inch 0.5 micron
front-end wafer  fabrication  plant (which will also be capable of 0.35 and 0.25
micron production) in Rousset, France.

                  The  Company's  business  is  organized  into  five  principal
product groups:

                  The Dedicated  Products  Group  produces  application-specific
         semiconductor   products  using   advanced   bipolar,   CMOS,   BiCMOS,
         mixed-signal and power technologies. The Group's dedicated products are
         used  in  all  major   end-user   applications,   including   such  new
         applications as mobile communications  networks,  asynchronous transfer
         mode communications  systems and digital video compression systems. The
         breadth of the Group's customer and application base provides it with a
         source of  stability in the cyclical  semiconductor  market,  while its
         position  as a  strategic  supplier  of  application-specific  products
         provides it with  opportunities  to supply its customers'  requirements
         for other products,  including discrete devices,  programmable products
         and memories.

                  The Discrete and Standard ICs Group  produces  discrete  power
         devices,  power  transistors,  standard  linear and logic ICs and radio
         frequency ("RF") products.  The Group's discrete and standard  products
         are  manufactured  using mature  technological  processes that are less
         capital  intensive than the Company's  other  principal  products.  The
         Group has a diverse customer base and broad product portfolio.

                  The Memory  Products  Group  produces a broad  range of memory
         products,  including EPROMs, flash memories,  EEPROMs, SRAMs, and chips
         for smartcards. The Company was the leading supplier of EPROMs in 1995,
         accounting  for  approximately  21.6% of  worldwide  EPROM  sales.  The
         Company is using its EPROM and EEPROM know-how to develop and produce a
         broad  portfolio  of flash memory  devices.  The Group does not produce
         DRAMS, a commodity memory product.


                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>



                  The  Programmable  Products  Group  produces   microcomponents
         (including   microcontrollers,   microprocessors   and  digital  signal
         processors),   digital  semicustom  devices  and  mixed  analog/digital
         semicustom devices.

                  The New Ventures  Group  identifies  and develops new business
         opportunities  to complement  the  Company's  existing  businesses  and
         exploit its  technological  know-how,  manufacturing  capabilities  and
         global  marketing  team.  The  Group was  formed  in May 1994,  and its
         initial  activities  have  focused on the  manufacture  and sale by the
         Company's  wholly owned  subsidiary in the United  States,  SGS-THOMSON
         Microelectronics,  Inc.  ("SGS-THOMSON  U.S."), of x86  microprocessors
         designed by Cyrix Corporation ("Cyrix").

                  As part of its activities  outside the five principal products
groups,   the  Company  also  produces   subsystems  for  industrial  and  other
applications.

                  SGS-THOMSON's  products are  manufactured and designed using a
broad  range  of  manufacturing   processes  and  proprietary   design  methods.
SGS-THOMSON uses all of the prevalent  function-oriented  process  technologies,
including CMOS, bipolar and non-volatile memory  technologies.  In addition,  by
combining basic processes,  the Company has developed advanced  systems-oriented
technologies that enable it to produce  differentiated and  application-specific
products,  including  BiCMOS  technologies  (bipolar and CMOS) for  mixed-signal
applications and BCD technologies (bipolar, CMOS and DMOS) for intelligent power
applications.  This broad technology  portfolio,  a cornerstone of the Company's
strategy for many years,  enables the Company to meet the increasing  demand for
"systems-on-a-chip" solutions. To complement this depth and diversity of process
and design technology,  the Company also possesses a broad intellectual property
portfolio that it has used to enter into  cross-licensing  agreements  with many
major semiconductor manufacturers.

                  In   1995,    SGS-THOMSON   has   expanded   its   diversified
manufacturing  infrastructure  while improving the cost, quality and versatility
of its operations.  SGS-THOMSON  has applied 1994 and 1995  investments to build
and equip two 8-inch front-end  manufacturing  facilities in Crolles, France and
Phoenix,  Arizona currently in operation,  is applying 1995 investments to build
and equip an  additional  8-inch  front-end  manufacturing  facility in Catania,
Italy,  not yet in  operation,  and to build a new back-end  facility and design
center in  Shenzhen,  China  through  its joint  venture  created in 1994 with a
subsidiary of the Shenzhen  Electronics Group. The Company also converted 4-inch
and 5-inch  water fabs to 5-inch and 6-inch  production  and is  commencing  the
conversion  and  expansion  from  6-inch to  8-inch  production  of a  front-end
fabrication facility in Agrate,  Italy. In addition,  the Company has identified
two other 8-inch front-end wafer fabrication facilities, one of which will be in
Singapore,  with the other one in Italy now under  consideration.  In 1995,  the
Company approved the building and equipping of a new 8-inch 0.5 micron front-end
wafer  fabrication  plant  (which  will also be capable of 0.35 and 0.25  micron
production)  in Rousset,  France.  The Company has many  back-end  manufacturing
activities  in  large  and  modern   facilities  in  lower-cost   areas  in  the
Mediterranean and Asia Pacific regions and has focused on continually  improving
the productivity of all of its  manufacturing  facilities.  SGS-THOMSON has also
centralized  the  management of its  manufacturing  operations  and  implemented
computer-integrated   manufacturing  systems  and  statistical  process  control
techniques.  The Company is fostering a corporate-wide  Total Quality Management
("TQM") culture that defines a common set of objectives and

                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>



performance measurements for employees in all geographic regions, at every stage
of product design, development and production for all product lines.

                  SGS-THOMSON is  international  in scope,  operating  front-end
and/or  back-end  manufacturing  facilities in Europe,  the United  States,  the
Mediterranean and Asia Pacific regions,  and conducting research and development
primarily in France and Italy,  and design,  marketing  and sales  activities in
each of the electronic  industry's major economic  regions:  Europe,  the United
States,  the Asia Pacific region and Japan.  In 1995,  approximately  46% of the
Company's net revenues  originated in Europe (compared to  approximately  46% in
1994),  approximately  24% in the  Americas  (compared to  approximately  26% in
1994), 26% in the Asia Pacific region  (compared to  approximately  23% in 1994)
and  approximately  4% in Japan (compared to approximately 5% in 1994). In 1995,
approximately  one-third of the 6-inch  equivalent  wafers  manufactured  by the
Company  were  manufactured  outside  of Europe  and more than  one-half  of the
Company's employees were located outside of Europe.

                  SGS-THOMSON  believes that strategic alliances are critical to
success in the semiconductor  industry, and has entered into strategic alliances
with customers, other semiconductor manufacturers and a major supplier of design
software.  The Company has entered into several  strategic  customer  alliances,
including  alliances with Alcatel,  Seagate  Technology and Thomson  Multimedia.
Customer  alliances  provide the Company with valuable  systems and  application
know-how and access to markets for key  products,  while  allowing the Company's
customers to share some of the risks of product development with the Company and
gain  access  to  the   Company's   process   technologies   and   manufacturing
infrastructure.  Alliances with other semiconductor  manufacturers permit costly
research  and  development  and  manufacturing  resources to be shared to mutual
advantage for joint  technology  development.  The Company has also entered into
technology   development  alliances  with  customers  and  other  manufacturers,
including  Northern  Telecom in North  America to  develop  advanced  0.5 micron
BiCMOS   mixed-signal   technologies   and   Mitsubishi   Electric   Corporation
("Mitsubishi")  in Japan to develop a family of 16 Mbit flash  memories for mass
storage  applications.  The  Company has also  entered  into an  agreement  with
Philips  Semiconductors  to jointly  develop  sub-micron CMOS logic processes in
Crolles, France through 1997.

History

                  The  Company  was  formed  in  June  1987 as a  result  of the
combination  of  the  non-military  business  of  Thomson  Semiconducteurs,  the
microelectronics  business of the French  state-controlled  defense  electronics
company Thomson-CSF,  and SGS  Microelettronica,  the microelectronics  business
owned by  STET-Societa  Finanziaria  Telefonica  S.p.A.  ("STET"),  the  Italian
state-controlled  telephone  company.  Since  its  formation,  the  Company  has
significantly  broadened and upgraded its range of products and technologies and
has strengthened  its  manufacturing  and  distribution  capabilities in Europe,
North America, and the Asia Pacific region, while at the same time restructuring
its operations to improve efficiency.

                  At the time of the Company's  formation,  SGS Microelettronica
was the 20th  largest  semiconductor  company in the world by  revenues  and the
non-military semiconductor business of Thomson Semiconducteurs was of comparable
size. At its inception,  the Company was among the world's leading  suppliers of
intelligent  power devices and bipolar power  transistors and a leading supplier
to the telecommunications industry. SGS Microelettronica's

                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>



                  strengths   in  power   products,   industrial   products  and
automotive  products  and its  presence  in the  emerging  Asia  Pacific  market
complemented  Thomson  Semiconducteurs'  strengths in  mixed-signal  processing,
telecommunications  devices and consumer electronics,  its presence in the North
American market and its strong intellectual  property portfolio,  which included
patents acquired when Thomson Semiconducteurs purchased substantially all of the
assets of Mostek  Corporation in 1985. The combination of the two European-based
semiconductor   businesses   provided   opportunities   to   realize   operating
efficiencies,  consolidate  global operations and better withstand  downturns in
the cyclical  semiconductor  industry, and facilitated the financing of research
and development and capital  expenditures  necessary to compete effectively with
the world's leading semiconductor companies.

                  Following the Company's  formation,  management  implemented a
comprehensive plan to rationalize the Company's operations,  pursuant to which a
variety of measures were taken to reduce fixed costs,  improve  product  quality
and  increase  yields.  Between  1987 and 1992,  the Company  closed or sold ten
manufacturing  plants, and certain back-end and front-end  production  processes
were  shifted to lower cost  facilities  in the  Mediterranean  and Asia Pacific
regions.  Although it maintained a broad product line, the Company  rationalized
its product  offerings and process  technologies  and focused on increasing  its
production  of  differentiated   products.   Management  also  standardized  the
Company's   management   information   systems  and   consolidated   management,
administrative and sales staffs for the combined group.

                  To increase  its  presence in the  microprocessor  market,  in
April 1989 SGS-THOMSON  acquired Inmos Ltd. ("Inmos"),  a British  semiconductor
company that was founded in 1978 and purchased by Thorn EMI plc ("Thorn EMI") in
1984.  In  connection  with its sale of Inmos to the  Company,  Thorn EMI and an
affiliate  acquired a 10% interest in SGS-THOMSON  which has since been sold. In
October 1989, the Company purchased the former microwave  semiconductor business
of Microwave Semiconductor Corporation,  and in March 1993, SGS-THOMSON acquired
the low current thyristors and triacs business of Tag Semiconductors  Limited, a
subsidiary of Raytheon Company.

                  Since its formation in 1987,  the Company has  maintained  its
commitment  to research and  development  despite  significant  cost  reductions
during  the  Company's  restructuring,  particularly  in 1990 and 1991  when the
Company  experienced  losses.  Management  initially  combined  the research and
development  staffs  of the  predecessor  companies  and  focused  its  expanded
research  and  development  resources on strategic  products,  applications  and
technologies. Beginning in 1993, the Company significantly increased its capital
investments  as  part  of a  long-term  program  to  upgrade  and  increase  its
manufacturing capabilities at existing plants and to build new facilities.

                  To provide the Company with a stronger capital structure,  the
Company's  shareholders  contributed capital totalling $800 million between 1988
and 1993.  The Company used these funds in part to finance  restructuring  costs
and to reduce net debt (total debt less cash and cash equivalents and marketable
securities) from a high of approximately  $905 million at December 31, 1991 to a
positive  financial  position of approximately $65 million at December 31, 1995.
In December,  1994, the Company completed a registered public offering of Common
Shares  (the  "Initial  Public  Offering")  with net  proceeds to the Company of
approximately  $198.7 million. In the Initial Public Offering,  the Company sold
9,606,240  shares and the selling  shareholders  sold  11,393,760  shares at the
initial price to public of $22.25 a share. In October

                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>



1995, the Company  completed a secondary public offering of Common Shares in the
U.S.  and in  France  (the  "Offering")  with net  proceeds  to the  Company  of
approximately $371.6 million. In the Offering, the Company sold 8,960,000 shares
and the  selling  shareholders  sold  11,740,000  shares at a price to public of
$43.5 a share.  See Item 4:  "Control  of  Registrant".  In February  1996,  the
Company also  completed an offering of Common Shares to certain of its employees
worldwide  (the  "Employee  Offering").  Common  Shares  offered in the Employee
Offering  were  offered at a 5%  discount  to the market  price as of January 5,
1996.  In addition,  eligible  employees  who  purchased  shares in the Employee
Offering  ("Participating  Employees")  and who hold those shares at least until
the  first  anniversary  of the day on which  such  shares  were  issued to such
Participating  Employees,  will be  entitled  to  purchase,  for each lot of ten
shares  purchased  in the  Employee  Offering,  one  additional  share (a "Bonus
Share") at a discounted  price.  The purchase  price of each Bonus Share will be
the $ or FF  equivalent  of NLG  13.75,  which is the  nominal  value per share.
Participating  Employees  purchased an aggregate of 243,710 Common Shares in the
Employee Offering, at a price per share of U.S. $33.72 or FF169.10.


Industry Background

                  Semiconductors are the basic building blocks used to create an
increasing  variety of electronic  products and systems.  Since the invention of
the transistor in 1948,  continuous  improvements in  semiconductor  process and
design technologies have led to smaller,  more complex and more reliable devices
at a lower cost per  function.  As  performance  has increased and size and cost
have  decreased,  semiconductors  have expanded  beyond their  original  primary
applications,  computer  systems,  to  applications  such as  telecommunications
systems,  automotive  products,  consumer  goods and  industrial  automation and
control systems.  In addition,  system users and designers have demanded systems
with more functionality,  higher levels of performance,  greater reliability and
shorter  design  cycle  times,  all in smaller  packages at lower  costs.  These
demands have  resulted in  increased  semiconductor  content as a percentage  of
system cost.  Calculated on the basis of TAM (as defined  below) as a percentage
of worldwide  revenues  from  production of  electronic  equipment  according to
published  industry  data (which for  purposes  of this  annual  report are data
published by Dataquest,  Inc.  ("Dataquest")),  semiconductor  pervasiveness has
increased from 9.0% in 1991 to 19.0% in 1995. The demand for electronic  systems
has also expanded geographically with the emergence of new markets, particularly
in the Asia Pacific region.

                  Semiconductor sales have increased significantly over the long
term but have  experienced  significant  cyclical  variations  in growth  rates.
According  to trade  association  data  (which for all  purposes  of this annual
report are World  Semiconductor Trade Statistics  ("WSTS")),  worldwide sales of
all semiconductor  products (the total available market or "TAM") increased from
$17.8  billion in 1983 to an  estimate of $144.4  billion in 1995  (growing at a
compound annual rate of approximately 19%, according to trade association data),
while the market for products produced by the Company (the serviceable available
market,  or "SAM"  which,  prior to 1995  consisted  of the TAM  without  DRAMS,
microprocessors and opto-electronic  products and commencing in 1995 and for all
prior periods compared  therewith  includes  microprocessors  as a result of the
Company's production of x86 products) increased from approximately $15.0 billion
in 1983 to an estimate of $97.5  billion in 1995  (growing at a compound  annual
rate of approximately 17.0%). The TAM increased 42.0% in 1995, with sales in the
Asia Pacific region, the Americas,  Europe and Japan increasing by 54.0%, 40.0%,
43.0%

                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>



and 35.0%, respectively. In 1995, approximately 32.5% of all semiconductors were
shipped to the Americas,  27.5% to Japan, 19.5% to Europe, and 20.5% to the Asia
Pacific region.

                  Historically,  cyclical changes in production  capacity in the
semiconductor  industry  and demand for  electronic  systems  have  resulted  in
pronounced cyclical changes in the level of semiconductor sales and fluctuations
in prices and margins for  semiconductor  products  from time to time.  However,
certain significant changes in the industry could contribute to continued growth
over the long term  notwithstanding  cyclical  variations from period to period.
Such  changes  include  the  development  of  new  semiconductor   applications,
increased  semiconductor  content as a percentage of total system cost, emerging
strategic  partnerships,  growth in the electronic  systems industry in the Asia
Pacific region.

Business Outlook

                  Historically,  cyclical changes in production  capacity in the
semiconductor  industry  and demand for  electronic  systems  have  resulted  in
pronounced cyclical changes in the level of semiconductor sales and fluctuations
in prices and margins for  semiconductor  products  from time to time.  However,
certain significant changes in the industry could contribute to continued growth
over the long term  notwithstanding  cyclical  variations from period to period.
Such  changes  include  the  development  of  new  semiconductor   applications,
increased  semiconductor  content as a percentage of total system cost, emerging
strategic partnerships and growth in the electronic systems industry in the Asia
Pacific region.

                  The  Company  is  entering  1996 in a  healthy  financial  and
business  condition,  with demand  exceeding its capacity in the majority of its
product  portfolio.  It is,  however,  evident  that the  industry has started a
correction from the extraordinary growth of recent years.

                  Certain  industry  analysts expect a growth rate for 1996 well
below that of 1995, with disparities in growth among different product families.
Based on information available to date, the Company believes that the market has
already  experienced  a strong  correction  in the first  half of 1996,  and the
Company expects this correction to continue at least into the second half of the
year. The Company cannot  anticipate how deep or how long this correction  phase
will be.  The  Company  is  confident,  however,  that  the  heavy  emphasis  on
differentiated products in its portfolio, its strong customer base and strategic
alliances,  together  with its well  diversified  sales  base,  both in terms of
applications and geography,  should allow  SGS-THOMSON to again outpace the rate
of growth in its served market.

                  The above statements  contained in this "Business Outlook" are
forward looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties.  In
addition to the factors  discussed  above,  among the other  factors  that could
cause actual results to differ materially are the following:  the cyclicality of
the semiconductor and electronic systems  industries;  capital  requirements and
the  availability  of  funding;   competition;   new  product   development  and
technological  change;  manufacturing  risks;  order  cancellations  or  reduced
bookings by key customers or distributors;  intellectual property  developments,
international events, currency fluctuations;  problems in obtaining adequate raw
materials on a timely basis; and the loss of key personnel.  Unfavorable changes
in the above or other factors discussed under "Risk Factors" listed from time to
time in the Company's SEC reports,  including in the Company's  Prospectus dated
October 18, 1995 (pages 9 through 16), could materially affect the Company.

                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>




                  Semiconductor Classifications

                  The  process  technologies,   levels  of  integration,  design
specificity,    functional   technologies   and   applications   for   different
semiconductor   products   vary   significantly.   As   differences   in   these
characteristics  have  increased,  the  semiconductor  market has become  highly
diversified  as well as  subject to  constant  and rapid  change.  Semiconductor
product markets may be classified according to each of these characteristics.

                  Semiconductors  can be manufactured  using  different  process
technologies,  each of which is particularly  suited to different  applications.
Since the mid-1970s,  the two dominant processes have been bipolar (the original
technology  used  to  produce  integrated   circuits)  and  CMOS  (complementary
metal-oxide-silicon).  Bipolar devices  typically  operate at higher speeds than
CMOS devices, but CMOS devices consume less power and permit more transistors to
be  integrated  on a single  IC.  While  bipolar  semiconductors  were once used
extensively  in large  computer  systems,  CMOS has  become  the most  prevalent
technology,  particularly  for devices  used in personal  computer  systems.  In
connection  with  the  development  of new  semiconductor  applications  and the
demands  of  system  designers  for  more  integrated  semiconductors,  advanced
technologies  have been developed  during the last decade that are  particularly
suited to more  systems-oriented  semiconductor  applications.  For mixed-signal
applications,  BiCMOS technologies have been developed to combine the high speed
and high  voltage  characteristics  of bipolar  technologies  with the low power
consumption and high  integration of CMOS  technologies.  For intelligent  power
applications,  BCD technologies  have been developed that combine bipolar,  CMOS
and DMOS technologies.  Such systems-oriented  technologies require more process
steps and mask levels,  and are more  complex  than the basic  function-oriented
technologies.  The use of  systems-oriented  technologies  requires knowledge of
system  design  and  performance  characteristics  (in  particular,  analog  and
mixed-signal systems and power systems) as well as expertise and experience with
several semiconductor process technologies.

                  Semiconductors are often classified as either discrete devices
(such as individual  diodes or  transistors)  or  integrated  circuits (in which
thousands of functions are combined on a single "chip" of silicon to form a more
complex  circuit).  Compared  to the market  for ICs,  there is  typically  less
differentiation  among  discrete  products  supplied by different  semiconductor
manufacturers.  Also,  discrete markets have generally grown at slower, but more
stable, rates than IC markets.

                  Semiconductors  may  also be  classified  as  either  standard
components or application-specific  ICs ("ASICs").  Standard components are used
by a large group of systems  designers for a broad range of applications,  while
ASICs are  designed to perform  specific  functions  in  specific  applications.
Generally,  there are  three  types of ASICs:  full-custom  devices,  semicustom
devices  and  application-specific  standard  products  ("ASSPs").  Full  custom
devices  are  typically  designed  to meet the  particular  requirements  of one
specific  customer.  Semicustom  devices are more  standardized  ICs that can be
customized  with efficient CAD tools within a short design cycle time to perform
specific  functions.  ASSPs are standardized  ASICs that are designed to perform
specific  functions  in a specific  application,  but are not  proprietary  to a
single customer.

                  The  two  basic  functional   technologies  for  semiconductor
products are analog and digital. Analog (or linear) devices monitor,  condition,
amplify or transform analog signals, which

                                      - 8 -

<PAGE>



are signals that vary continuously over a wide range of values.  Analog circuits
are critical as an interface  between  electronic  systems and a variety of real
world phenomena such as sound, light,  temperature,  pressure,  weight or speed.
Electronics systems continuously translate analog signals into digital data, and
vice versa.

                  The  analog  semiconductor  market  consists  of a  large  and
growing  group of specific  markets  that serve  numerous  and widely  differing
applications,  including  applications for automotive systems,  instrumentation,
computer peripheral  equipment,  industrial  controls,  communications  devices,
video  products  and medical  systems.  Because of the varied  applications  for
analog circuits, manufacturers typically offer a greater variety of devices to a
more diverse  group of customers.  Compared to the market for commodity  digital
devices  such as  standard  memory  and  logic  devices,  the  analog  market is
characterized  by longer product life cycles,  products that are less vulnerable
to technological obsolescence,  and lower capital requirements due to the use of
mature manufacturing technologies.  Such characteristics have resulted in growth
rates  that  have  been  less   volatile  than  growth  rates  for  the  overall
semiconductor industry.

                  Digital  devices perform binary  arithmetic  functions on data
represented  by a series of on/off states.  Historically,  the digital IC market
has been  primarily  focused  on the fast  growing  markets  for  computing  and
information technology systems. Increasing demands for high-throughput computing
and networking and the  proliferation  of more powerful  personal  computers and
workstations  in recent years have led to dramatic  increases in digital  device
density and integration.  As a result, significant advances in electronic system
integration have occurred in the design and manufacture of digital devices.

                  There are two major types of digital ICs:  memory products and
logic devices.  Memory products,  which are used in electronic  systems to store
data and program  instructions,  are  generally  classified  as either  volatile
memories (which lose their data content when power supplies are switched off) or
nonvolatile  memories  (which  retain  their data  content  without the need for
constant  power supply).  Volatile  memories are used to store data in virtually
all computer systems,  from large and mid-range  computers to personal computers
and workstations. The primary volatile memory devices are DRAMs, which accounted
for more than 76.0% of semiconductor memory sales in 1995.  Nonvolatile memories
are typically used to store program  instructions  that control the operation of
microprocessors and electronic  systems.  The primary nonvolatile memory devices
are EPROMs, flash memories and EEPROMs.  Memory products are typically standard,
general  purpose ICs that can be  manufactured  in high volumes using basic CMOS
processes,  and they are  generally  differentiated  by cost  and  physical  and
performance   characteristics,   including  data  capacity,   die  size,   power
consumption and access speed.

                  Logic devices process digital data to control the operation of
electronic  systems.  The largest  segment of the logic market,  standard  logic
devices,   include   microprocessors,   microcontrollers   and  digital   signal
processors.  Microprocessors  are  the  central  processing  units  of  computer
systems.  Microcontrollers  are complete  computer  systems  contained on single
integrated   circuits   that  are   programmed   to  control  the  operation  of
electromechanical  systems by processing input data from electronic  sensors and
generating  electronic control signals.  Digital signal processors  ("DSPs") are
parallel processors used for high complexity,  high speed real-time computations
in a wide variety of applications,  including digital cellular telephone systems
and data compression systems.  Standard devices are intended to be utilized by a
large  group  of  systems   designers   for  a  broad  range  of   applications.
Consequently, standard devices usually

                                      - 9 -

<PAGE>



contain more functions  than are actually  required and,  therefore,  may not be
cost-effective for certain specific applications.  In addition to standard logic
devices,  a broad range of  full-custom,  semicustom  and ASSP logic devices has
been developed for a wide variety of  applications.  These devices are typically
designed to meet particular customer  requirements.  Compared to memory markets,
logic  device   markets  are  much  more   differentiated   and  dependent  upon
intellectual property and advanced product design skills.

                  Analog/digital  (or  "mixed-signal")  ICs  combine  analog and
digital  devices on a single  chip to process  both  analog  signals and digital
data. Historically, analog and digital devices have been developed separately as
they are  fundamentally  different  and it has  been  technically  difficult  to
combine  analog and digital  devices on a single IC. System  manufacturers  have
generally  addressed  mixed-signal  requirements  using printed  circuit  boards
containing  many  separate  analog and digital  circuits  acquired from multiple
suppliers.  However,  system designers are  increasingly  demanding system level
integration  in which complete  electronic  systems  containing  both analog and
digital functions are integrated on a single IC.

                  Mixed-signal ICs are typically characterized as analog ICs due
to their similar market  characteristics,  including longer product life cycles,
diverse  applications  and  customers and more stable  growth  through  economic
cycles  as  compared  to  digital  devices.   However,   certain  parts  of  the
mixed-signal  market are becoming higher volume markets as the increasing use of
mixed-signal   devices  has  enhanced  the  options  of  system   designers  and
contributed to the development of new applications,  including multimedia, video
conferencing, automotive, mass storage and personal communications.



                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>



                  The Semiconductor Market

                  The  following  tables set forth  information  with respect to
worldwide semiconductor sales by type of semiconductor and geographic region:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Worldwide Semiconductor Sales (1)                      Compound Annual Growth Rates(2)
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1983       1988       1993        1995               83-88       88-93      83-93    93-95
                                    ----       ----       ----        ----               -----       -----      -----    -----


<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>                 <C>          <C>       <C>      <C>

                                           (in millions)
Integrated Circuits........         $13,335    $35,893    $66,018    $126,056            21.9%        13.0%     17.3%    38.2%

   Analog (linear and mixed-
   signal).................           2,875      7,228     10,673      16,646            20.2          8.1      14.0     24.6
   Digital
     Logic.................           6,712     17,750     34,079      55,953            21.5         13.9      17.6     28.2
     Memory
       DRAM................           1,741      6,390     13,140      40,833            29.7         15.5      22.4     76.3
       Others..............           2,007      4,524      8,127      12,624            17.7         12.4      15.0     24.6
                                      -----      -----      -----      ------            ----         ----      ----     ----
           Total Memory....           3,748     10,914     21,267      53,457            23.8         14.3      19.0     58.5
                                      -----     ------     ------      ------            ----         ----      ----     ----
     Total digital.........          10,460     28,664     55,346     109,410            22.3         14.1      18.1     40.6
Discrete...................           3,696      6,999      8,637      14,004            13.6          4.3       8.9     27.3
Opto-electronics...........             736      2,113      2,654       4,344            23.5          4.7      13.7     27.9
                                        ---      -----      -----                        ----          ---      ----     ----
   TAM.....................         $17,767    $45,005    $77,309     144,404            20.4%        11.4%     15.8%    36.7%
                                    =======    =======    =======     =======            ====         ====      ====     ====

Europe.....................          $3,320     $8,104    $14,599     $28,199            19.5%        12.5%     15.9%    39.0%
Americas...................           7,761     13,418     24,744      46,998            11.6         13.1      12.3     37.8
Asia Pacific...............           1,150      5,374     14,168      29,540            36.1         21.4      28.5     44.4
Japan......................           5,536     18,109     23,798      39,667            26.7          5.6      15.7     16.1
                                      -----     ------     ------      ------            ----          ---      ----     ----
     TAM...................         $17,767    $45,005    $77,309    $144,404            20.4%        11.4%     15.8%    36.7%
                                    =======    =======    =======    ========            ====         ====      ====     =====

<FN>

- ----------
(1)  Source: WSTS.
(2)  Calculated using end points of the periods specified.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                  During the 1960s and 1970s,  the development of  semiconductor
process  technologies  was  critical  to  the  success  of  participants  in the
industry.  As  process  technologies  matured,   manufacturing  sciences  became
important;  in the 1980s, the emphasis shifted to increasing  production volumes
and yields and lowering  production  costs.  The large capital  expenditures and
other resources  required during this period to develop  advanced  manufacturing
capabilities  resulted in a  stratification  of the industry between broad range
suppliers operating multiple front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities and
specialty  niche  players  operating  small wafer fabs or  subcontracting  wafer
production.

                  With  the   continuing   development   of  new   semiconductor
applications  and  increasing  demands of system  designers for more  integrated
systems-oriented products,  semiconductor manufacturers must continually improve
their core technology and manufacturing competencies.

                                     - 11 -

<PAGE>



In addition, the increasing diversity and complexity of semiconductor  products,
the demands of technological  change, and the costs associated with keeping pace
with industry developments have contributed to the growth of cooperative product
design and  development  and  manufacturing  alliances with customers as well as
among semiconductor suppliers. Alliances with customers provide the manufacturer
with  valuable  systems and  application  know-how and access to markets for key
products, while allowing the manufacturer's customers to share some of the risks
and  benefits  of  product  development.  Customers  also  gain  access  to  the
manufacturer's process technologies and manufacturing infrastructure.  Alliances
with other  semiconductor  manufacturers  permit costly research and development
and  manufacturing  resources  to  be  shared  to  mutual  advantage  for  joint
technology development.

                  To  compete  as  a   broadline   semiconductor   manufacturer,
management  believes  that it is  important  to have:  (i) a broad  and  diverse
customer base; (ii) a diversified product portfolio  (including analog,  digital
mixed-signal and power products) and experience in several application  markets;
(iii) a broad range of process technologies  (including basic  function-oriented
and advanced systems-oriented technologies);  (iv) an efficient, quality, global
manufacturing  infrastructure;  (v) global marketing and technical support;  and
(vi) a  worldwide  network  of  strategic  alliances  with  customers  and other
semiconductor manufacturers.

                  Strategy

                  Since the Company's formation in 1987, management's objectives
have been to become one of the world's top ten  semiconductor  suppliers  and to
achieve  operating  results better than the average of the top ten semiconductor
suppliers.  To achieve  these  objectives,  the Company has focused on using its
core technology and manufacturing  competencies to produce  innovative,  quality
and cost-effective  products. The key elements of the Company's strategy are set
forth below.

                  Maintain   Broad   Customer   Base   and   Increase   Customer
Penetration. The Company works with its key customers to identify evolving needs
and new applications and to develop  innovative  products and product  features.
The  Company  also seeks to use its  access to key  customers  as a supplier  of
application-specific  products to establish  itself as a supplier across a broad
range of products.  The Company maintains a geographically diverse customer base
across a broad  range of  market  applications.  Regional  sales  and  marketing
organizations  operate in each of Europe,  the United  States,  the Asia Pacific
region and Japan. In addition,  the Company's central  strategic  marketing team
and key account management teams serve selected multinational customers.

                  Offer Diversified  Product  Portfolio in Evolving  Application
Markets.  The  Company  offers a  diversified  product  portfolio  and  develops
products for a wide range of market applications to reduce its dependence on any
single product,  industry or application market. As a broad range supplier,  the
Company  provides  its  customers  with a single  source of supply for  multiple
product  needs.  In the  telecommunications  market,  the Company is  developing
advanced  BiCMOS and high frequency  bipolar  processes and focusing on products
for the switching equipment and new,  fast-growing  telecommunications  markets,
including the digital cellular  telephone  market.  In the computer market,  the
Company produces  dedicated  products,  memories,  microcontrollers,  semicustom
devices  and  microprocessors  for use in all  types of  computer  systems.  The
Company is focusing particularly on the development of a family of flash memory

                                     - 12 -

<PAGE>



products and dedicated products for computer monitors, disk drives and printers.
In   addition,   the  Company  has  started  to   manufacture   and  market  x86
microprocessors.  In the consumer  products  market,  the Company is  developing
dedicated products for television and home entertainment systems and devices for
new multimedia applications, including digital video decoders. In the automotive
market,  management is using its BCD processes to develop dedicated products for
a wide range of automotive applications, and is currently focusing on developing
strategic  relationships with U.S. automobile  manufacturers.  In the industrial
market,  the Company is developing  innovative power products,  particularly for
use in lighting systems and switch mode power supplies.

                  Emphasize   Differentiated   and   Analog   ICs.   Within  its
diversified  product portfolio,  the Company has focused on developing  products
that exploit its technological  strengths,  including  differentiated ICs (which
the Company  defines as being its  dedicated  products,  semicustom  devices and
microcontrollers). Differentiated ICs foster close relationships with customers,
resulting in early knowledge of their evolving requirements and opportunities to
access their markets for other products,  and are less vulnerable to competitive
pressures than standard  commodity  products.  Differentiated  ICs accounted for
just over 51% of the Company's  net revenues in 1995  compared to  approximately
48% in 1994.  The Company also  targets  applications  that require  substantial
analog and  mixed-signal  content  and can exploit the  Company's  system  level
expertise.  Analog ICs (including  mixed-signal  ICs), the majority of which are
also  differentiated  ICs, accounted for approximately 46% of the Company's 1995
net revenues  (compared to  approximately  43% in 1994),  while discrete devices
accounted for approximately 17% of the Company's 1995 net revenues  (compared to
approximately  15% in 1994).  In recent years,  analog ICs and discrete  devices
have  experienced  less  volatility  in sales growth  rates and average  selling
prices than the overall semiconductor industry.

                  Expand  Strategic  Alliances.  Consistent with its belief that
strategic alliances are critical to success in the semiconductor  industry,  the
Company has entered into such  alliances  with  customers,  other  semiconductor
manufacturers  and a major supplier of design software.  The Company has entered
into several  customer  strategic  alliances,  including  with Alcatel,  Seagate
Technology and Thomson Multimedia.  Alliances with customers provide the Company
with  valuable  systems and  application  know-how and access to markets for key
products,  while allowing the Company's  customers to share some of the risks of
product development with SGS-THOMSON and to gain access to the Company's process
technologies   and   manufacturing   infrastructure.    Alliances   with   other
semiconductor manufacturers are generally designed to permit costly research and
development  and  manufacturing  resources to be shared to mutual  advantage for
joint technology development.  Technology development alliances have been formed
with customers and other  manufacturers,  including  Philips  Semiconductors  in
Europe to develop  sub-micron CMOS  technologies  and Northern  Telecom in North
America to develop  advanced 0.5 micron  BiCMOS  mixed-signal  technologies  and
Mitsubishi  in Japan to  develop a family  of 16 Mbit  flash  memories  for mass
storage applications. The Company has also entered into an alliance with Cadence
Design Systems Inc. for the development of advanced CAD tools. Such design tools
are critical to the timely and  cost-effective  development  of new and advanced
products.

                  Expand  and  Improve  Manufacturing  Capabilities.  One of the
Company's   principal   goals  is  to  expand  its   diversified   manufacturing
infrastructure  while  seeking  to  achieve  further  improvements  in the cost,
quality and versatility of its operations. To expand capacity, SGS-

                                     - 13 -

<PAGE>



THOMSON  has  applied  1994 and 1995  investments  to build and equip two 8-inch
front-end  manufacturing  facilities  in Crolles,  France and  Phoenix,  Arizona
currently  in  operation,  is applying  1995  investments  to build and equip an
additional 8-inch front-end manufacturing facility in Catania, Italy, not yet in
operation,  and to build a new back-end  facility and design center in Shenzhen,
China  through  its  joint  venture  created  in 1994 with a  subsidiary  of the
Shenzhen  Electronics  Group. The Company also converted 4-inch and 5-inch water
fabs to  5-inch  and  6-inch  production  and is  starting  the  conversion  and
expansion from 6-inch to 8-inch production of a front-end  fabrication  facility
in Agrate,  Italy.  In  addition,  the Company has  identified  two other 8-inch
front-end wafer fabrication facilities,  one of which will be in Singapore, with
the other one in Italy now under  consideration.  In 1995, the Company  approved
the  building  and  equipping  of  a  new  8-inch  0.5  micron  front-end  wafer
fabrication  plant  (which  will  also  be  capable  of  0.35  and  0.25  micron
production)  in  Rousset,  France.  In 1995,  approximately  76.0% of the wafers
manufactured by SGS-THOMSON  were  manufactured on 5-inch or larger wafers.  The
Company is fostering a corporate-wide  Total Quality  Management ("TQM") culture
that  defines  a common  set of  objectives  and  performance  measurements  for
employees  in  all  geographic  regions,  at  every  stage  of  product  design,
development  and production for all product lines.  SGS-THOMSON  has established
front-end and back-end  manufacturing  facilities in each of Europe,  the United
States  and  the   Mediterranean   and  Asia  Pacific  regions.   The  Company's
geographically  diverse  facilities  allow it to shift production to accommodate
variable production requirements.

                  Develop Advanced Process and Design Technologies.  The Company
intends to continue to exploit its expertise and experience with a wide range of
process and design  technologies  to develop  more  advanced  technologies.  The
Company  is  committed  to  continuing  to  increase  research  and  development
expenditures in the future.  Despite  significant cost reductions  following the
Company's  formation  in 1987 and  particularly  during  1990 and 1991  when the
Company experienced  losses,  management did not reduce research and development
spending.  The  Company is using its memory  products  as the focal point of its
process   development   efforts  due  to  their  standardized  design  features,
manufacturability  and  potential  high volumes.  Technological  advances in the
areas of  transistor  performance  and  interconnection  technologies  are being
developed  through the Company's  logic  products and  semicustom  devices.  The
Company  is  currently  producing  0.6  micron 16 Mbit  EPROMs  and three  volt,
triple-metal layer semicustom devices with densities of up to one million gates.
It is  also  working  closely  with  many  of its key  customers  on  developing
easy-to-use  design  equipment  for  specific   applications.   The  Company  is
developing advanced and standardized design tools for its CMOS processes as well
as libraries of macrofunctions  and megafunctions for many of its products,  and
is  focusing  on  improving  its  concurrent  engineering  practices  to  better
coordinate design activities and reduce overall time-to-market.


                                     - 14 -

<PAGE>



Customers and Applications

                  SGS-THOMSON designs,  develops,  manufactures and markets over
3,000 main types of products that it sells to more than 1,500 customers. To many
of its key  customers the Company  provides a wide range of products,  including
dedicated products, discrete devices, memory products and programmable products.
The Company's position as a strategic supplier of application-specific  products
to  certain  customers  fosters  close   relationships   that  provide  it  with
opportunities  to  supply  such  customers'  requirements  for  other  products,
including discrete devices, programmable products and memory products.



                                     - 15 -

<PAGE>



                  The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  of the  Company's
customers in 1995 and certain applications for its products:

<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>                              <C>                <C>                    <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telecommunications
     Customers:          Alcatel                          Fujitsu            Italtel                Philips
                         AT&T                             Gemplus            Motorola               Racal-Milgo
                         Daewoo                           Goldstar           Nokia                  Samsung
                         Ericsson                         Hayes              Northern Telecom       Siemens
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Applications:       Answering machines                                  ISDN controllers
                         Central office switching systems                    Modems
                         Chips for smartcards                                PBX systems
                         Digital cellular telephones                         Telephone sets (corded and cordless)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Computer Systems
     Customers:          ACER                             Cyrix              Matsushita             Smith-Corona
                         Bull                             DEC                Olivetti               Tatung
                         Canon                            Epsom              Quantum                Western Digital
                         Compaq                           Hewlett-Packard    Seagate Technology     Xerox
                         Conner Peripherals               IBM
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Applications:       Chips for smartcards                                Optical scanners
                         Disk drives                                         Photocopiers
                         Monitors                                            Printers
                         Network controllers

Automotive
     Customers:          BMW                              Daimler-Benz       Ford                   Marelli
                         Bosch                            Delco              Hyundai                Valeo
                         Chrysler                         Fiat
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Applications:       Alternator regulators                               Ignition circuits
                         Airbags                                             Injection circuits
                         Antiskid braking systems                            Instrument
                         Automotive entertainment systems                    Electric Motor Controllers
                         Body and chassis electronics                        Multiplex wiring kits
                         Central locking systems                             Transmission control systems
                         Engine management systems
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Consumer Products
     Customers:          Canal Plus                       Goldstar           Philips               Sony
                         Canon                            Grundig            Pioneer               Thomson Multimedia
                         Creative Technology              Kenwood            Samsung               Zenith
                         Daewoo                           Matsushita         Sanyo
                         General Instrument               Nokia              Sharp
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Applications:       Audio power amplifiers                              Graphic equalizers
                         Audio processors                                    Pay television decoders
                         Cable television systems                            Satellite receiver decoding circuits
                         Compact disc players                                Set up boxes
                         Digital video encoders and decoders                 Televisions and monitors
                                                                             Video cassette recorders

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industrial and
   Other Applications
     Customers:          Astec                           Emerson             Philips               Siemens
                         Asea Brown Boveri               Mannesman           Schlumberger
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Applications:       Battery chargers                                    Motor controllers
                         Industrial automation and control systems           Power supplies
                         Intelligent power switches                          Smartcard readers
                         Lighting  systems  (lamp  ballasts)                 Switch mode power supplies
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



                                     - 16 -

<PAGE>



                  No customer  accounted  for more than 5% of the  Company's net
revenues in 1995 and sales to the  Company's  top ten  customers  accounted  for
approximately  34% of the Company's  net sales in 1995,  the Company has several
large customers,  certain of whom have entered into strategic alliances with the
Company.  Many of the Company's key customers operate in cyclical businesses and
have in the past, and may in the future,  vary order levels  significantly  from
period to period. In addition, approximately 22.7% of the Company's net revenues
in 1995 were made  through  distributors.  There can be no  assurance  that such
customers or distributors, or any other customers, will continue to place orders
with the Company in the future at the same levels as in prior periods.  The loss
of one or more of the Company's  customers or distributors,  or reduced bookings
by its key  customers or  distributors,  could  adversely  affect the  Company's
operating  results.  In addition,  in a declining  market the Company has in the
past and may in the future be requested  to reduce  prices to limit the level of
order cancellations.  Despite price reductions, however, in an industry downturn
order  cancellations  may be  expected,  particularly  by  distributors  and for
commodity products.


Products and Technology

                  SGS-THOMSON  designs,  develops,  manufactures  and  markets a
broad range of products used in a wide variety of microelectronic  applications,
including   telecommunications   systems,   computer  systems,  consumer  goods,
automotive products and industrial automation and control systems. The Company's
products include standard commodity components,  full custom devices, semicustom
devices  and  ASSPs  for  analog,   digital   and   mixed-signal   applications.
Historically,  the  Company  has not  produced  DRAMs or,  until  recently,  x86
microprocessors.  The SAM  represented  approximately  67.5% of the TAM in 1995,
compared to 84% of the TAM in 1983. While the TAM increased at a compound annual
growth rate of  approximately  19% from $17.8  billion in 1983 to an estimate of
$144.4  billion in 1995,  the SAM increased at a compound  annual growth rate of
approximately  17% from $15.0 billion to an estimate of $97.5 billion during the
same period.

                  The  Company's  products  are  organized  into five  principal
product groups: Dedicated Products,  Discrete and Standard ICs, Memory Products,
Programmable Products and the New Ventures Group.

                  Dedicated Products Group

                  The   Dedicated   Products   Group   designs,   develops   and
manufactures   application-specific   products  using  advanced  bipolar,  CMOS,
mixed-signal and power technologies.  The Group offers complete system solutions
to customers in several  application  markets.  As the largest of  SGS-THOMSON's
product  groups,  the Dedicated  Products Group  generated  revenues of $1,350.5
million  in 1995  (an  increase  of  38.9%  over  1994  revenues),  representing
approximately  38% of SGS-THOMSON's  1995 revenues.  Approximately  37.0% of the
Group's revenues in 1995 were generated in Europe,  while  approximately  22.4%,
36.7%,  and 3.9% were generated in the Americas,  the Asia Pacific  region,  and
Japan,  respectively.  Many of the  dedicated  products sold to the Asia Pacific
region are sold to U.S.-based  original equipment  manufacturers  located in the
region. All of the Group's products are ASSPs or full custom devices.


                                     - 17 -

<PAGE>



                  The Dedicated  Products  Group works closely with customers to
develop  application-specific  products  using  SGS-THOMSON's  technologies  and
manufacturing capabilities.  The breadth of the Group's customer and application
base  provides  it with a source  of  stability  in the  cyclical  semiconductor
market.  In  addition,  the  Company's  position  as  a  strategic  supplier  of
application-specific  products fosters close  relationships that provide it with
opportunities  to  supply  such  customers'  requirements  for  other  products,
including discrete devices, programmable products and memory products.

                  The   Group   particularly   emphasizes   dedicated   ICs  for
telecommunications, audio, automotive, power and computer applications.

                  The  Group  is  organized  into  the  following  four  product
divisions: (i) telecommunications; (ii) computer and industrial; (iii) audio and
automotive;  and (iv) video. In addition, the Company created a business unit to
design and  manufacture  products  for the  emerging  digital  video  processing
industry.

                  Telecommunications  Products.  According to published industry
data, in 1995  SGS-THOMSON was the world's second largest  supplier of dedicated
telecommunications  ICs (1995  total  market  of $2.5  billion).  The  Company's
telecommunications  products are used  primarily in telephone  sets,  modems and
subscriber  line interface  cards (SLICs) for digital  central office  switching
equipment. The Group is targeting applications in mobile communications networks
and telephone sets and asynchronous transfer mode ("ATM") communication systems.

                  Computer and Industrial Products.  SGS-THOMSON's  computer and
industrial  products  include  components  for  computer  peripheral  equipment,
facsimile  machines,  photocopiers,  industrial  automation systems and lighting
applications.  Its  key  products  are  power  ICs  for  motor  controllers  and
read/write amplifiers,  intelligent power ICs for spindle motor control and head
positioning in computer disk drives and battery chargers for portable electronic
systems, particularly mobile telephone sets.

                  Audio and Automotive  Products.  SGS-THOMSON's  audio products
include audio power amplifiers,  audio processors and graphic equalizer ICs. The
Company has sold more than 1.2 billion audio power amplifier ICs since 1972.

                  The   Company's   automotive   products   include   alternator
regulators,  antiskid braking systems,  ignition circuits,  injection  circuits,
multiplex  wiring kits and  products  for body and chassis  electronics,  engine
management and instrumentation systems.

                  Video Products.  SGS-THOMSON produces ICs for television sets,
videocassette recorders, satellite receivers and pay-tv decoders. The Company is
focusing on developing  products for applications in the growing U.S.  satellite
and cable television markets.

                  Image Processing.  SGS-THOMSON has recently created a business
unit  to  design  and  manufacture  products  for  the  emerging  digital  video
processing  industry.  Emerging  digital  video  technologies  offer a number of
advantages  over  traditional  analog  video,  including the ability to compress
video data for  transmission  and storage,  to transmit and reproduce video data
without  perceptible  image  degradation  and to randomly  access and edit video
data.

                                     - 18 -

<PAGE>




                  Despite  the  advantages  of  digital  video,  its  widespread
adoption has been  constrained by the lack of  high-performance,  cost-effective
compression  devices and by the absence of digital video compression  standards.
Video compression,  which uses complicated  mathematical algorithms operating at
high  speeds to encode the large  amounts of data that  result  from  digitizing
video signals, is both highly complex and technically challenging. Digital video
compression  technology is expected to contribute to the development of a number
of new or  enhanced  applications  in the  consumer  electronics,  computer  and
communications  markets,  including video CD players,  interactive game consoles
and video conferencing systems.

                  The  Company's  image  processing  business unit is delivering
large volumes of Motion Picture Experts Group ("MPEG")  decoder ICs suitable for
video CD products,  personal computers,  multimedia and digital TV applications.
These  products  implement the MPEG 1 standard for CD ROM, video CD and personal
computer  applications and the MPEG 2 standard for digital TV applications (both
cable and  satellite  digital  TV).  This unit is also  developing  products for
emerging video phone applications.

                  Discrete and Standard ICs Group

                  The Discrete and Standard  ICs Group  designs,  develops,  and
manufactures  discrete  power  devices,  power  transistors,  standard logic and
linear ICs, and RF products (which were transferred to the Discrete and Standard
ICs Group in May 1994). Including revenues from RF products, the Group generated
revenues of $838.0  million in 1995 (an  increase of 31.7% over 1994  revenues),
representing  approximately  24% of  SGS-THOMSON's  net revenues.  Approximately
52.6% of the Group's 1995 revenues were generated in Europe, while approximately
21.1%, 25.2%, and 1.1% were generated in the Americas,  the Asia Pacific region,
and Japan,  respectively.  According to published  industry data,  based on 1995
revenues SGS-THOMSON is among the top three suppliers of power transistors (1995
total  market  of $5.2  billion)  and  thyristors  (1995  total  market  of $807
million).

                  The Group's  discrete and standard  products are  manufactured
using mature  technological  processes.  Although such products are less capital
intensive  than  the  Company's  other  principal   products,   the  Company  is
continuously  improving product performance and developing new product features.
The Group has a diverse  customer  base,  and a large  percentage of the Group's
products are sold through distributors.

                  Discrete Power Devices.  SGS-THOMSON  manufactures and sells a
variety of discrete power devices, including rectifiers,  protection devices and
thyristors  (SCRs  and  triacs).  The  Company's  devices  are  used in  various
applications,  including in  particular  telecommunications  systems  (telephone
sets, modems and line cards), household appliances and industrial systems (motor
control and power control devices).  More  specifically,  rectifiers are used in
voltage  converters  and  voltage  regulators,  protection  devices  are used to
protect electronic  equipment from power supply spikes or surges, and thyristors
are  used to vary  current  flows  through  a  variety  of  electrical  devices,
including lamps and household appliances.

                  Power Transistors. SGS-THOMSON designs, manufactures and sells
power transistors,  which (like the Company's discrete power devices) operate at
high  current  and  voltage  levels in a variety  of  switching  and pulse  mode
systems. The Company has three power

                                     - 19 -

<PAGE>



transistor divisions:  bipolar transistors,  power MOSFETs  (metal-oxide-silicon
field effect transistors) and new power transistors such as IGBTs.

                  The Company's  bipolar power transistors are used in a variety
of  high-speed,  high-voltage  applications,  including  SMPS (switch mode power
supply) system,  television/monitor  deflection  circuits and lighting  systems.
According to published industry data, on the basis of 1995 revenues, SGS-THOMSON
is among the  leading  suppliers  of  bipolar  transistors,  including  RF power
transistors,  (1995 total market of $2.6 billion).  The Company introduced power
MOSFETs in 1991 to extend the use of power  transistors  to new  high-frequency,
high-voltage applications,  including automotive components,  crowbar protection
devices,  resonant converters and power factor correction devices.  According to
industry  data,  the Company has been ranked  number five  worldwide in the fast
growing segment of the power MOSFETs.

                  The  Company  also  offers  a  family  of  VIPower   (vertical
integration  power)  products,  as well  as  omnifets  and  application-specific
devices.  VIPower  products  exhibit  the  operating  characteristics  of  power
transistors  while  incorporating  full thermal,  short circuit and  overcurrent
protection and allowing logic level input. VIPower products are used in consumer
goods (lamp  ballasts)  and  automotive  products  (ignition  circuits,  central
locking  systems and  transmission  circuits).  Omnifets are power  MOSFETs with
fully-integrated  protection devices that are used in a variety of sophisticated
automotive  and  industrial  applications.   Application-specific   devices  are
semicustom  ICs that  integrate  diodes,  rectifiers  and thyristors on the same
chip, thereby providing  cost-effective and space-saving components with a short
design time.

                  Standard Logic and Linear ICs. The Company  produces a variety
of bipolar and HCMOS  logic  devices,  including  clocks,  registers,  gates and
latches.  Such  devices are used in a wide  variety of  applications,  including
increasingly in portable  computers,  computer  networks and  telecommunications
systems.

                  The Company also offers standard linear ICs covering a variety
of  applications,   including  amplifiers,   comparators,  decoders,  detectors,
filters, modulators, multipliers and voltage regulators.

                  Radio Frequency Products.  The Company supplies components for
RF  transmission  systems  used  in  television  broadcasting  equipment,  radar
systems,  telecommunications  systems and avionic equipment. At present, most of
the  Company's  RF  products  are sold in the  United  States.  The  Company  is
targeting  new  applications  for its RF products,  including  two-way  wireless
communications   systems  (in  particular,   cellular   telephone  systems)  and
commercial   radio   communication   networks  for   business   and   government
applications.


                                     - 20 -

<PAGE>



         Memory Products Group

                  The Memory Products Group designs, develops and manufactures a
broad  range  of  semiconductor  memory  products.  The  Memory  Products  Group
generated  revenues  of $662.5  million  in 1995 (an  increase  of 15% over 1994
revenues),  representing  approximately  19%  of  SGS-THOMSON's  1995  revenues.
Approximately 44.5% of the Group's 1995 revenues were generated in Europe, while
approximately  25.4%, 16.6%, and 13.5% were generated in the Americas,  the Asia
Pacific region, and Japan,  respectively.  According to published industry data,
on the basis of 1995 revenues,  SGS-THOMSON  was the leading  producer of EPROMs
(1995 total market of $1.4  billion) and the leading  supplier of EEPROMs  (1995
total market of $1.3 million).

                  There are two basic  types of memory  devices,  random  access
memories ("RAMs") and read-only  memories  ("ROMs").  Data can be both read from
and  written to RAMs,  whereas  data can only be read from,  but not written to,
ROMs.  RAMs are typically used in  microprocessor  systems to store data used in
the operation of such systems,  whereas ROMs are typically used to store program
instructions  that  control the  operation  of  microprocessors  and  electronic
systems.

                  The most  common  types of RAMs are DRAMs  (dynamic  RAMs) and
SRAMs (static  RAMs).  DRAMs are volatile  memories that lose their data content
when power supplies are switched off,  whereas SRAMs are volatile  memories that
allow the storage of data in the memory  array but without the need for clock or
refresh logic circuitry.  SRAMs are roughly four times as complex as DRAMs (four
transistors per bit of memory compared to one transistor) and are  significantly
more  expensive  than DRAMs per unit of storage.  DRAMs are used in a computer's
main memory to  temporarily  store data  retrieved  from low cost  external mass
memory devices such as hard disk drives.  SRAMs are  principally  used as caches
and buffers between a computer's microprocessor and its DRAM-based main memory.

                  There are  several  types of  read-only  memories  that  offer
varying  degrees  of  functionality  at  varying  costs.  ROMs  are  permanently
programmed when they are  manufactured  while  programmable  ROMs (PROMs) can be
programmed  by  system  designers  or  end-users  after  they are  manufactured.
Erasable PROMs (EPROMs) may be erased and reprogrammed  several times, but to do
so EPROMs  must be  physically  removed  from  electronic  systems,  exposed  to
ultraviolet light, reprogrammed using an external power supply and then returned
to the systems. Electrically erasable PROMs (EEPROMs) can be erased byte by byte
and  reprogrammed  "in-system"  without the need for removal.  Using EEPROMs,  a
system designer or user can program or reprogram systems at any time.

                  Programmable  erasable ROMs ("flash"  memories) are relatively
new products  that  represent  an  intermediate  solution  for system  designers
between EPROMs and EEPROMs based on their cost and functionality. Flash memories
are typically less expensive than EEPROMs, but may be erased and rewritten.  The
entire contents of a flash memory or large blocks of data (not individual bytes)
can be erased with a "flash" of current.  Because  flash  memories can be erased
and reprogrammed  electrically and in-system, they are more flexible than EPROMs
and, therefore, may replace EPROMs in many of their current applications.  Flash
memories may also be used for solid state mass  storage of data,  a  potentially
high volume  application,  and in other applications,  including,  in particular
mobile telephone systems. Flash memories are

                                     - 21 -

<PAGE>



smaller and use less power than the hard disk drives now commonly  used for mass
data storage, and, therefore,  are considered candidates to replace disk drives,
particularly in portable computers.

                  According  to  published  industry  data,  the TAM for  memory
devices in 1995 was  approximately  $53.4  billion,  with  DRAMs,  SRAMs,  ROMs,
EPROMs, flash and EEPROMs accounting for approximately 76.4%, 11.3%, 3.7%, 2.6%,
3.5% and 2.5% of the total, respectively.

                  The  Company's  Memory  Products  Group is organized  into the
following  divisions:  (i)  EPROMs;  (ii)  flash  memories;  (iii)  EEPROMs  and
application-specific memories; (iv) SRAMs; and (v) smartcard products.

                  EPROMs.  SGS-THOMSON produces a broad range of EPROMs, from 16
Kbit to 16 Mbit.  According  to published  industry  data,  SGS-THOMSON  was the
world's  leading  supplier of EPROMS in 1995, with revenues of $337.3 million (a
decrease of 3% over 1994  revenues) or  approximately  21.6% of worldwide  EPROM
sales. The Company currently produces EPROMs using 0.5 micron CMOS technologies.

                  The  EPROM  market  is  a  relatively  mature,  commodity-like
market.  To compete in such  market,  the Company  has  focused on reducing  die
sizes, improving  manufacturing yields and reducing costs.  SGS-THOMSON has been
successful  in the world EPROM market  primarily  due to its  non-volatile  CMOS
manufacturing  technologies,  its assembly plants in Singapore and Malaysia, and
its large sales and distribution channels around the world.

                  Due to industry  capacity  limitations  in 1993,  EPROM prices
rose and backlog increased.  With additional industry capacity coming on-line in
early 1994,  EPROM prices and backlogs began  declining in the second quarter of
1994 and continued  declining during the remainder of the year.  Prices remained
low in 1995 but improved in the beginning of 1996.

                  Flash  Memories.  The  Company  is using its EPROM and  EEPROM
know-how to develop advanced flash memory products, and currently produces flash
memories up to 4 Mbit in size. The Company  intends to develop a broad portfolio
of flash memory  devices to cover all  EPROM-like  market  needs,  including 0.5
micron dual voltage and single  voltage  devices up to 16 Mbit. The Company also
intends to develop specific  processes based on current technology to produce 64
Mbit 0.35 micron devices for the mass storage  market.  The Company is using its
flash  memories  and fast SRAMs as the focal  point of its  process  development
efforts  due  to  their  standardized  design  features,  manufacturability  and
potential high volumes.

                  In May 1993,  the Company  entered  into a strategic  alliance
with  Mitsubishi to jointly  develop a family of compatible 16 Mbit dual voltage
flash memories for mass storage applications using 0.5 micron CMOS wafer process
technology and to standardize specific manufacturing  processes. In addition, in
December 1994,  SGS-THOMSON signed an agreement with Advanced Micro Devices Inc.
("AMD"),  the supplier of  approximately  24% of flash memories sold in 1994, to
cooperate in the  definition  of standards  for future  EPROM-like  flash memory
products based on AMD's single-voltage architecture. The cooperation is intended
to help create an alternative  industry  standard to Intel's  standard for flash
memory products and

                                     - 22 -

<PAGE>



thereby accelerate growth in the worldwide flash memory market.  SGS-THOMSON and
AMD currently  plan to  independently  develop  compatible  products  around the
standard.  The Company currently produces the 4 Mbit single voltage flash memory
device which is designed to the same  specifications  as the  equivalent  device
from AMD, with which it is pin-compatible, although built with a proprietary 0.6
um double-metal CMOS technology.

                  EEPROMs and Application-Specific  Memories. The Company offers
1.2  micron  serial  EEPROMs up to 16 Kbit and  parallel  EEPROMs up to 64 Kbit.
Serial  EEPROMs are the most popular type of EEPROMs and are  generally  used in
computer,  automotive and consumer applications.  Parallel EEPROMs account for a
smaller  portion of the EEPROM market,  being used mainly in  telecommunications
equipment.  SGS-THOMSON  entered the parallel  EEPROM  market in late 1993.  The
Company  intends to work closely with its key customers and strategic  allies to
identify  and  develop  new  application-specific  memory  devices  using  mixed
technologies.

                  SRAMS.  The  Company  focuses  on  producing  fast  SRAMs  and
specialty low power SRAMs, but not other more  standardized  types of SRAMs. The
Company's fast SRAMS are used as cache memories in computer  systems and as main
memories in telecommunications  systems. The Company produces fast SRAMs up to 1
Mbit with access  speeds of 9 to 20  nanoseconds.  The Company's low power SRAMs
are  used  as  main  memories  in  portable  computers  and   telecommunications
equipment.  The Company produces low power SRAMs up to 1 Mbit with access speeds
of 35 to 70 nanoseconds.

                  Smartcard  Products.  Smartcards are credit-card  like devices
containing  integrated circuits that store data and provide an array of security
capabilities.  They are  used in a wide and  growing  variety  of  applications,
including  public pay  telephone  systems  (primarily  in France  and  Germany),
cellular  telephone  systems  (primarily  in Europe),  bank cards  (primarily in
France) and pay television systems (primarily in the United Kingdom and France).
Other potential  applications include medical record  applications,  card-access
security systems and toll-access applications. SGS-THOMSON shipped more than 207
million units in 1995.

                  Smartcards  incorporate a variety of products  manufactured by
the  Company,  including  microcontrollers,  EPROMs,  EEPROMs  and flash  memory
components. A key smartcard customer of the Company is Gemplus, a French company
that was formed in 1988 as a spinoff  from the Company.  The Company  retained a
32% interest in Gemplus until 1992.

                  Programmable Products Group

                  The   Programmable   Products  Group  designs,   develops  and
manufactures  microcomponents (including  microcontrollers,  microprocessors and
digital signal processors), digital semicustom devices, mixed analog and digital
semicustom  devices.  The Group generated revenues of $535.5 million in 1995 (an
increase of 40.4% over 1994),  representing  approximately  15% of SGS-THOMSON's
1995 revenues.  Approximately  51.4% of the Group's 1995 revenues were generated
in Europe,  while  approximately  27.0%,  20.0%,  and 1.6% were generated in the
Americas, the Asia Pacific region and Japan, respectively.

                  Microcomponents.   The  Company's   microcomponents   division
manufactures  and sells  microcontrollers,  microprocessors  and digital  signal
processors.


                                     - 23 -

<PAGE>



                  Microcontrollers  are complete  computer systems  contained on
single   integrated   circuits  that  are   programmed   to  specific   customer
requirements.  They contain  microprocessor cores as well as logic circuitry and
memory  capacity.  Microcontrollers  control the  operation  of  electronic  and
electromechanical  systems by processing input data from electronic  sensors and
generating  electronic  control  signals,  and  are  used in a wide  variety  of
consumer  products  (alarm  systems,  household  appliance  controls  and  video
products),  automotive  systems (engine control and dashboard  instrumentation),
computer peripheral  equipment (disk drives,  facsimile  machines,  printers and
optical   scanners),   industrial   applications   (motor   drives  and  process
controllers), and telecommunications systems (telephones, answering machines and
digital cellular phones).

                  Based  on its  experience  with a  variety  of  second-sourced
microcontrollers,  the  Company  has  developed  its  complete  "ST"  family  of
proprietary    microcontroller   products,    ranging   from   the   8-bit   ST6
microcontrollers  to the 32-bit  ST20  devices.  The ST20  family is designed to
address the full  spectrum of embedded  processor  applications,  from  computer
peripherals  such as hard disk  drives and laser beam  printers  to high  volume
consumer  appliances such as digital  telephone  handsets and digital  satellite
receivers.  SGS-THOMSON's  microcontrollers  draw on the Company's large product
and  technology  portfolios to combine logic  devices,  EPROMs,  EEPROMs,  flash
memories  and  various  macrofunctions  around  a range  of  second-sourced  and
proprietary  cores.  The Company has also  developed a line of starter  kits and
code generators and compilers that permit system designers to quickly and easily
implement the Company's  microcontrollers  into their  electronic  systems.  The
Company is  targeting  emerging  applications  for  microcontrollers,  including
televisions,  monitors,  cable  television and satellite  receivers and cellular
telephones.

                  Microprocessors  are the central  processing units of computer
systems.  The Company  second-sources a variety of microprocessors  developed by
other semiconductor manufacturers.  The Company is currently developing a 64-bit
RISC microprocessor.

                  Digital  signal  processors  ("DSPs") are parallel  processors
used for high complexity, high speed real-time computations.  DSPs are used in a
wide variety of applications,  including  answering  machines,  modems,  digital
cellular  telephone  systems,  audio  processors and data  compression  systems.
SGS-THOMSON  and its  predecessors  have been  producing  DSPs for more than ten
years.  The Company  recently  introduced the D950-CORE,  a fixed point DSP core
based upon the Company's 0.5 micron/3.3V  triple-level-metal  HCMOS5  technology
for a wide  range  of  applications  in  the  computer,  telecommunications  and
consumer  markets.  Examples of  applications  include mobile phones,  telephone
answering  machines,  fax  machines,  modems,  disk drives,  video  conferencing
systems and speech, sound, music and other multimedia functions.

                  Digital  Semicustom   Devices.   Semicustom  devices  are  ICs
containing standardized lines or arrays of transistors that can be configured or
interconnected  to perform  specific  functions after a short design cycle time.
SGS-THOMSON  manufactures a wide range of digital semicustom devices,  including
high-speed low-voltage 0.5 micron CMOS triple-metal layer gate arrays,  standard
cells and embedded arrays.

                  SGS-THOMSON's semicustom devices are supported by libraries of
cells, macro functions and design tools.  SGS-THOMSON supports popular CAD tools
and platforms, and has strategic alliances with Cadence Design Systems, Inc. and
Synopsys, Inc. to develop

                                     - 24 -

<PAGE>



semicustom  CAD tools.  SGS-THOMSON  is  developing  proprietary  libraries  for
semicustom devices for telecommunications, computer and consumer applications.

                  Mixed-Signal   Semicustom   Devices.   SGS-THOMSON   and   its
predecessor companies have also manufactured mixed-signal BiCMOS semicustom gate
arrays,  standard  cells and embedded  arrays since 1985.  Mixed-signal  devices
combine  standard  cells  of  digital  gates  and  analog  devices  on the  same
semicustom  IC.  Such  devices can be used in a wide  variety of  analog/digital
applications,  including computer peripherals,  telecommunications  products and
industrial systems.

                  New Ventures Group

                  SGS-THOMSON  established the New Ventures Group in May 1994 to
bring together various major product  initiatives that would otherwise have been
coordinated  within and across individual  product groups.  The Group identifies
and develops new business  opportunities  to complement  the Company's  existing
businesses and exploit its technological  know-how,  manufacturing  capabilities
and  global   marketing  team.  The  Group's  first  activities  have  been  the
manufacture and sale of x86 microprocessors designed by Cyrix. The Group is also
evaluating other business opportunities.

                  x86  microprocessors  are  the  central  processing  units  of
IBM-compatible  personal  computer systems (which accounted for more than 84% of
worldwide  personal  computer sales in 1995).  SGS-THOMSON U.S. has manufactured
Cyrix-designed x86 chips since 1992 as a foundry for Cyrix. In 1995, SGS-THOMSON
U.S.  produced x86 chips for the original  equipment  manufacturer  market.  The
Company  is also  focusing  on  developing  improvements  to its  x86  products,
including size reduction and speed  improvement,  as well as future  generations
such as the Cyrix 6x86.

                  The  Company   expects  to  be  able  to  use   microprocessor
technology, its broad range of other products and technologies and its strengths
in developing and marketing  application-specific  products to produce  powerful
x86 core-based embedded applications and derivative products.


Sales, Marketing and Distribution

                  In 1995, the Company derived approximately 77% of its revenues
from sales  directly to  customers  through  its  regional  sales  organizations
(compared  to  approximately  75% in 1994) and 23% of its  revenues  from  sales
through  distributors  (compared  to  approximately  25% in  1994).  SGS-THOMSON
operates regional sales organizations in Europe, North America, the Asia Pacific
region  and  Japan.  In  1995,  approximately  46%  of  the  Company's  revenues
originated  in  Europe  (compared  to  approximately  46% in  1994),  while  24%
originated in the United States  (compared to  approximately  26% in 1994),  26%
originated in the Asia Pacific Region  (compared to  approximately  23% in 1994)
and 4% originated in Japan (compared to  approximately  5% in 1994). In 1995, no
customer accounted for more than 5% of the Company's net revenues.


                                     - 25 -

<PAGE>



                  The  European  region is  divided  into  five  main  sales and
services  districts:  Central  Europe  (Germany and  Austria),  Northern  Europe
(United  Kingdom,  Ireland  and  Scandinavia),  Western  Europe  (France and the
Benelux countries),  Southern Europe (Italy, Spain,  Portugal) and Export Group.
The sales  organization  in each  district is  segmented by  application  market
(i.e., telecommunications, computer, consumer, automotive and industrial), while
marketing is segmented by product groups.

                  In North  America,  the sales and marketing  team is organized
into six  business  units that are located  near major  centers of activity  for
either a particular  application  or  geographic  region:  automotive  (Detroit,
Michigan),  industrial and consumer (Chicago, Illinois), computer and peripheral
equipment (San Jose, California),  communications (Dallas, Texas),  distribution
(Boston,  Massachusetts),  and Latin America (Phoenix,  Arizona).  Each business
unit has a sales force that specializes in the relevant  business  sector.  Each
business unit also provides  product-related  marketing and application support.
This structure allows SGS-THOMSON to monitor emerging  applications,  to provide
local  design  support,  and to develop  new  products in  conjunction  with the
various  product  divisions  as well as to develop new markets and  applications
with its current  product  portfolio.  A central  marketing  operation in Boston
provides market communications, data processing and customer quality services to
the whole region,  while a logistics center in Phoenix supports the distribution
network in North America.

                  In the Asia Pacific  region,  sales and marketing is organized
by country  and is managed  from the  Company  regional  sales  headquarters  in
Singapore.  The Company has sales offices in Taiwan,  Korea,  China,  Hong Kong,
India,  Malaysia,  Thailand and  Australia.  The  Singapore  sales  organization
provides central  marketing,  customer  service,  technical  support,  shipping,
laboratory  and design  services for the entire region.  In addition,  there are
design centers in Taiwan,  Korea and Hong Kong. In 1995, the Company established
a design center in India, the Company's largest design center outside of Europe,
which will  principally  cooperate  in the  design of  advanced  macrocells  and
libraries for the Company's analog, digital and mixed signal technologies.

                  In Japan,  substantially  all of the Company's  sales are made
through  distributors,  as is typical  for  foreign  suppliers  to the  Japanese
market.  Each  distributor  serves  specific  territories  or  customers  and is
responsible  for  maintaining  the  minimum  inventories  required  by  Japanese
customers.  The Company  provides  marketing and technical  support  services to
distributors through sales offices in Tokyo and Osaka. In addition,  the Company
has established a design center and application  laboratory in Tokyo. The design
center designs custom ICs for Japanese clients, while the application laboratory
allows Japanese customers to test SGS-THOMSON products in specific applications.

                  The Company's  central  marketing efforts are organized into a
central  strategic   marketing   organization  and  a  key  account   management
organization.  The strategic marketing  organization is organized by application
market.  In addition,  in July 1992 the Company  created a series of initiatives
that it  refers to as  Golden  Programs.  These  programs  focus  the  Company's
multi-divisional  and multi-area  organizations  on 13 key  application  markets
worldwide.  Each Golden  Program  includes a team of  personnel  from  corporate
strategic  marketing,  the product  groups and divisions and the regional  sales
offices.  The Golden  Program  teams work closely with the  Company's  strategic
allies in each application market. The current Golden Programs

                                     - 26 -

<PAGE>



include  television/terminals,  memory disk drives, digital cellular telephones,
color  television,  power supply,  line card,  multimedia  graphics,  automobile
radio,  monitors,  satellite  and cable  television  systems,  lighting,  engine
management and asynchronous transfer mode data communications.

                  In addition  to the  central  strategic  marketing  team,  the
Company has established key account  management teams to serve key multinational
customers. The key account management teams work with the Company's regional and
divisional  managers to provide a broad range of products to its major  accounts
and to  develop  complete  systems  solutions  for  customers.  The teams  build
strategic  relationships  with the Company's major accounts that can lead to the
development  of new  products,  increased  access to evolving  technologies  and
enhanced knowledge of customer requirements.

                  Each  of  the  four  regional  sales   organizations   operate
dedicated  distribution  organizations.  To support  the  distribution  network,
SGS-THOMSON operates logistic centers in Saint Genis, France,  Phoenix,  Arizona
and   Singapore,   and  has   made   considerable   investments   in   warehouse
computerization and logistics support.

                  The Company  also uses  distributors  and  representatives  to
distribute its products around the world. Typically,  distributors handle a wide
variety of products,  including products that compete with SGS-THOMSON products,
and fill orders for many customers.  Most of the Company's sales to distributors
are made under  agreements  allowing  for price  protection  and/or the right of
return on unsold  merchandise.  The Company  recognizes  revenues  when it ships
products to distributors.  Sales representatives generally do not offer products
that compete directly with the Company's  products,  but may carry complementary
items  manufactured  by  others.  Representatives  do  not  maintain  a  product
inventory;  instead their  customers  place large quantity  orders directly with
SGS-THOMSON and are referred to distributors for smaller orders.

Research and Development

                  Management  believes that research and development is critical
to the Company's success and is committed to increasing research and development
expenditures in the future.  Despite  significant cost reductions  following the
Company's  formation in 1987, and particularly in 1990 and 1991 when the Company
experienced losses, management did not reduce research and development spending.
The table below sets forth  information  with respect to the Company's  research
and  development  spending  since 1991 (not  including  design  center,  process
engineering, pre-production or industrialization costs):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Year ended December 31,
                                                                          -----------------------

                                                1991              1992              1993              1994             1995
                                                ----              ----              ----              ----             ----

                                                                     (in millions, except percentages)

<S>                                            <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>  
Expenditures ...........................       $245.3            $260.9            $270.9            $338.3            440.3

  as a percentage of net revenues.......        17.9%            16.6%             13.3%             12.8%             12.4%
</TABLE>



As a result of the history of the Company,  approximately  89% of the  Company's
research and development expenses in 1995 were incurred in Europe,  primarily in
France and Italy. See

                                     - 27 -

<PAGE>



"-- State  Support for the  Semiconductor  Industry".  As of December  31, 1995,
approximately   2,540  employees  were  employed  in  research  and  development
activities.

                  Central research and development units conduct research on the
basic VLSI technologies,  packaging  technologies and design tools that are used
by  all   product   groups  and  the   front-end   manufacturing   organization.
SGS-THOMSON'S  central  research and  development  activities  are  conducted in
Crolles, France, Agrate, Italy, and Carrollton,  Texas. The central research and
development units participate in several strategic  partnerships.  The Company's
manufacturing  facility at Crolles,  France  houses a research  and  development
center that is operated pursuant to a partnership  agreement between the Company
and CNET, the research laboratory of France Telecom, an indirect  shareholder of
the Company in 1993. This center is developing  submicron process  technologies.
The Company has also entered into an agreement  with Philips  Semiconductors  to
jointly develop sub-micron CMOS logic processes in Crolles, France through 1997.
A  technical  center in New  Delhi,  India,  develops  design  software  and CAD
libraries and tools.

                  The Company has signed an agreement  providing  for a research
and development cooperation with GRESSI, the research and development Groupement
d'Interet  Economique  ("GIE")  formed by the Centre  National  d'Etudes  et des
Telecommunications  ("CNET"),  a  research  laboratory  wholly  owned by  France
Telecom,  and the Laboratoire  d'Electronique  de Technologie  d'Instrumentation
("LETI"),  a  research  laboratory  of CEA,  the  parent of one of the  indirect
shareholders  of the Company.  The  objectives of the  cooperation is to develop
know-how  on  innovative  aspects  of VLSI  technology  evolution  which  can be
transferred  to  industrial  applications,  and to address  the  development  of
innovative process steps and process modules to be used in future generations of
VLSI  products.  The  cooperation  agreement  is based upon a  pluriannual  plan
through 1998,  and the Company is expected to bear half of the  program's  total
cost. See Item 13: "Management's Interest in Certain Transactions".

                  In  addition  to  central  research  and   development,   each
operating  division  also   independently   conducts  research  and  development
activities on specific processes and products.


State Support for the Semiconductor Industry

                  Due to the importance of the semiconductor  industry,  various
government  authorities  in the world,  including  the European  Commission  and
individual  countries in Europe,  have  established  programs for the funding of
research  and  development,  innovation,  industrialization  and training in the
industry. In addition,  many countries grant various forms of tax relief, direct
grants  and  other  incentives  to  semiconductor  companies  as well  as  other
industries to encourage investment. The Company has structured its operations to
benefit from such  programs and  incentives  and expects to continue to do so in
the future.  Unlike certain of its  competitors,  however,  the Company does not
receive  significant  direct or  indirect  financing  from  defense  development
programs.

                  The main  European  programs  in which the Company is involved
include:  (i) the joint European  research  program called JESSI,  (ii) European
Union  research and  development  projects  such as ESPRIT  (European  Strategic
Programme for  Information  Technology)  and RACE  (Research and  Development in
Advanced Communications Technologies for Europe), (iii)

                                     - 28 -

<PAGE>



national  programs for research and  development  and  industrialization  in the
electronics industries,  and (iv) investment incentive programs for the economic
development of certain regions. The pan-European  programs are generally open to
eligible  companies  operating  and  investing  in Europe and cover an  extended
period. In Italy, both electronics and economic development programs are open to
eligible companies regardless of their ownership or country of incorporation.

                  JESSI is a European  cooperative  project in  microelectronics
among  several  countries  that covers the period 1988 through 1996 and involves
more than 80 companies.  ESPRIT  started in 1983 and is being  extended  through
1998  within  the  fourth  framework  program  of  the  European  Commission  on
Information  and  Communication  Technologies  (ICT).  In Italy,  the "Programma
Nazionale per la Microelettronica" has 18 participants, and various programs for
intervention  in  the  "Mezzogiorno"  (southern  Italy)  are  open  to  eligible
companies,  including  non-European  companies,  operating  in  the  region  and
regulated by specific laws.  Italian  programs  often cover several  years,  but
funding is typically subject to annual budget appropriation.  In France, support
for  microelectronics  is provided to over 30 companies  manufacturing  or using
semiconductors.  The amount of support under French programs is decided annually
and subject to budget appropriation.

                  In addition,  management  expects to have the  opportunity  to
take part in the future in  European  "structural  funds"  that are  intended to
furnish  important  support  through 1999 to dedicated  regions in many European
countries, and provide priorities in funding for productive investment, training
and job  creation.  These funds are available to eligible  companies,  including
non-European companies, operating in the dedicated regions.

                  As a result of the history of the  Company,  its  research and
development  facilities  and activities  are mainly  concentrated  in France and
Italy,  and the  substantial  majority of the  Company's  state funding has been
derived from programs in such countries.  Umbrella agreements with the Republics
of France and Italy,  which set forth the  parameters of state support under the
national programs, currently run from 1992 through 1996 and require, among other
things, compliance with EC regulations and annual and project-by-project reviews
and approvals.  The agreements are based on the maintenance of an equilibrium in
the levels of research and development and related  expenditures between the two
countries.

                  Public  authority  funding for  research and  development  are
reported in "Other Income and Expenses" in the Company's consolidated statements
of income. See Note 20 to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  Such funding
has totalled $84.2  million,  $80.1 million and $89.6 million in the years 1993,
1994 and 1995,  respectively.  Public funding for industrialization costs (which
include  certain costs  incurred to bring  prototype  products to the production
stage) is offset against expenses in computing cost of sales, and has the effect
of increasing  the Company's  gross  profit.  Such funding of  industrialization
costs has totalled $20.4 million,  $19.3 million and $11.8 million in 1993, 1994
and 1995,  respectively.  See Note 20 to the Consolidated  Financial Statements.
Government support for capital  expenditures funding has totalled $24.5 million,
$40.4 million and $64.5 million in the years 1993, 1994 and 1995,  respectively.
Such funding has been used to support the Company's  capital  investment;  while
receipt of these funds is not  directly  reflected in the  Company's  results of
operations,  the  resulting  lower  amounts  recorded  in  property,  plant  and
equipment reduce the level of depreciation recognized by the Company.

                                     - 29 -

<PAGE>




                  Low interest financing has been made available (principally in
Italy) under programs such as the Italian  Republic's Fund for Applied Research,
established  in 1968 for the purpose of  supporting  Italian  research  projects
meeting specified  program criteria.  At year-end 1994 and 1995, the Company had
$133.2 million and $115.4 million,  respectively,  of  indebtedness  outstanding
under state-assisted  financing programs at an average interest cost of 2.9% and
2.64%, respectively. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                   Funding for programs in France and Italy is subject to annual
appropriation,  and if such  governments  were  unable  to  provide  anticipated
funding  on a  timely  basis  or if  existing  government-funded  programs  were
curtailed or  discontinued,  such an  occurrence  could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's  business,  operating  results and financial  condition.
From time to time the Company has  experienced  delays in the receipt of funding
under  these  programs.  As the  availability  and  timing of such  funding  are
substantially outside the Company's control,  there can be no assurance that the
Company will continue to benefit from such government support, that funding will
not be delayed from time to time, that sufficient  alternative  funding would be
available if necessary or that any such alternative funding would be provided on
terms as favorable to the Company as those previously provided.

                  Various  programs  that provide  different  forms of financial
support and incentives  (such as research and development  grants,  low interest
loans,  capital  investment  support and tax  incentives)  for  companies in the
semiconductor industry are offered in a number of countries.  In connection with
its long term expansion plans,  management  believes that opportunities for such
financial  support and  incentives  may be available to it in countries  outside
France and Italy.


Intellectual Property

                  Intellectual  property  rights which apply to various  Company
products include  patents,  copyrights,  trade secrets,  trademarks and maskwork
rights.  SGS-THOMSON owns more than 1,000 original  invention patents or pending
patent  applications,  most of which have been  registered in several  countries
around the world.  In 1995, the Company filed 420 original  patent  applications
around the world.  Management believes that its intellectual property represents
valuable property and intends to protect the Company's  investment in technology
by enforcing all of its intellectual property rights.

                  The Company has entered  into  several  patent  cross-licenses
with several major semiconductor companies,  consisting primarily of most of the
major Japanese semiconductor companies.

                  Pursuant  to a 1977  license  agreement  (the  "Intel  License
Agreement"),  SGS-THOMSON  U.S. is licensed to make, have made, use and sell (in
addition to other  rights)  products that practice all Intel patents filed prior
to 1999 for the life of such patents. The Intel License Agreement was originally
entered   into   by   Mostek   Corporation   ("Mostek")   and   Intel.   Thomson
Semiconducteurs,  one of the  constituent  companies  of  the  current  Company,
acquired Mostek assets in 1985 and SGS-THOMSON U.S. succeeded to the interest of
Mostek under the Intel License  Agreement upon the Company's  formation in 1987.
SGS-THOMSON  U.S.'s  succession  rights under the Intel License  Agreement  were
upheld in a court judgment rendered

                                     - 30 -

<PAGE>



in July 1992 which is now final as well as in a court  judgement  dated December
30, 1994 which has been confirmed in appeal.

                  In January  1994,  SGS-THOMSON  U.S. and Cyrix  entered into a
non-exclusive  production and license agreement (the "Cyrix License  Agreement")
pursuant to which SGS-THOMSON U.S. agreed to produce Cyrix-designed x86 chips to
sell to Cyrix for resale as Cyrix-branded  products. In addition,  Cyrix granted
SGS-THOMSON U.S. a licence to sell (as SGS-THOMSON products) a proportion of the
chips that it makes available to Cyrix and to use Cyrix  architecture to produce
application-specific   ICs.  The  Cyrix  License  Agreement  extends  to  future
generations of x86 products.  Cyrix and SGS-THOMSON  U.S. signed an amendment to
the Cyrix  License  Agreement  in July  1995 that  allows  SGS-THOMSON  U.S.  to
manufacture and sell to third parties additional quantities of Cyrix products at
least  through  1997.  SGS-THOMSON  U.S.  may continue to  manufacture  and sell
application-specific  ICs using  Cyrix  architecture  after  termination  of the
agreement.  In April  1994,  Cyrix  entered  into  x86  production  and  license
agreements with IBM.

                  The Company's success depends in part on its ability to obtain
patents,  licenses and other intellectual  property rights covering its products
and  manufacturing  processes.  To that end,  the Company has  acquired  certain
patents and patent  licenses  and  intends to  continue  to seek  patents on its
inventions and manufacturing processes. The process of seeking patent protection
can be long and expensive, and there can be no assurance that patents will issue
from currently  pending or future  applications  or that, if patents are issued,
they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or
any commercial  advantage to the Company.  In addition,  effective copyright and
trade secret  protection  may be  unavailable  or limited in certain  countries.
Litigation,  which could  demand  financial  and  management  resources,  may be
necessary  to  enforce  patents  or other  intellectual  property  rights of the
Company.

                  Also,  there can be no assurance that  litigation  will not be
commenced  in the future  against the  Company  regarding  patents,  mask works,
copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets, or that any licenses or other rights to
necessary  intellectual  property  could be obtained on  acceptable  terms.  The
failure to obtain licenses or other intellectual property rights, as well as the
expense or outcome of litigation,  could adversely affect the Company's  results
of  operations  or  financial  condition.  The  Company  has  from  time to time
received,  and it may in the future receive,  communications  alleging  possible
infringement of certain patents and other intellectual property rights of others
and it is currently the defendant in a lawsuit  charging the Company with patent
infringement.  Regardless  of the validity or the  successful  assertion of such
claims,  the Company could incur  significant  costs with respect to the defense
thereof which could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  results of
operations or financial condition. See Item 3: "Legal Proceedings".


Backlog

                  The Company's  sales are made  primarily  pursuant to standard
purchase  orders that are generally  booked from one to twelve months in advance
of delivery.  Quantities actually purchased by customers, as well as prices, are
subject to  variations  between  booking  and  delivery  to  reflect  changes in
customer needs or industry conditions.

                                     - 31 -

<PAGE>




                  Although the Company's backlog has increased  significantly in
1995 in an improved  semiconductor market, in a declining market the Company has
in the past and may in the  future be  requested  to reduce  prices to limit the
level of order cancellations.  Despite price reductions, however, in an industry
downturn order  cancellations may be expected,  particularly by distributors and
for  commodity  products.  The  Company's  level of  backlog  is  therefore  not
necessarily a reliable indicator of the level of future billings.

                  SGS-THOMSON  also  sells  certain  products  to key  customers
pursuant to frame contracts.  Frame contracts are annual  fixed-price  contracts
with  customers  setting  forth  the  terms of  purchase  and  sale of  specific
products.  These contracts allow the Company to schedule  production capacity in
advance and allow  customers to manage their  inventory  levels  consistent with
just-in-time  principles  while  shortening  the cycle times required to produce
ordered  products.  Orders  under frame  contracts  are also subject to risks of
price reduction and order cancellation.


Competition

                  Markets for the  Company's  products  are highly  competitive.
While only a few  companies  compete with  SGS-THOMSON  in all of the  Company's
product lines, the Company faces significant  competition in each of its product
lines.  SGS-THOMSON competes with major international  semiconductor  companies,
some of which have substantially  greater financial and other resources than the
Company  with  which  to  pursue  engineering,   manufacturing,   marketing  and
distribution of their products.  Smaller niche semiconductor  companies are also
increasing their participation in the semiconductor market.  Competitors include
manufacturers  of standard  semiconductors,  application-specific  ICs and fully
customized  ICs,  including  both  chip  and  board-level  products,  as well as
customers who develop their own integrated circuit products.
Some of the Company's competitors are also its customers.

                  The  Company's  primary  competitors  include  Advanced  Micro
Devices,   Inc.,   Hitachi,   Intel  Corporation,   Motorola,   Inc.,   National
Semiconductor    Corporation,    Nippon   Electric   Company,    Ltd.,   Philips
Semiconductors,  Samsung,  Siemens, Texas Instruments  Incorporated and Toshiba.
The market for the Company's new x86  microprocessors is currently  dominated by
Intel Corporation.

                  The Company  competes in  different  product  lines to various
degrees on the basis of price, technical performance,  product features, product
system  compatibility,  customized design,  availability,  quality and sales and
technical  support.  The Company's  ability to compete  successfully  depends on
elements both within and outside of its control, including successful and timely
development of new products and manufacturing processes, product performance and
quality,  manufacturing  yields  and  product  availability,  customer  service,
pricing, industry trends and general economic trends.

                  The market for the  Company's  products  is  characterized  by
rapidly  changing  technology.   Therefore,  the  Company's  success  is  highly
dependent upon its ability to develop  complex new products on a  cost-effective
basis, to introduce them in the marketplace on a timely basis,  and to have them
selected for design into products of leading systems manufacturers.  SGS-THOMSON
has committed and intends to continue to commit substantial resources to the

                                     - 32 -

<PAGE>



development of new products. Because new product development commitments must be
made well in advance of sales,  however,  new product  decisions must anticipate
both future  demand and the  technology  that will be  available  to supply such
demand.  Delays  in  developing  new  products  with  anticipated  technological
advances or in commencing  volume  shipments of new products may have an adverse
effect on the Company's  business.  In addition,  there can be no assurance that
new  products,  if  introduced,  will  gain  market  acceptance  or will  not be
adversely affected by new technological  changes or new product announcements by
others. See "-- Research and Development".

                  In recent  years the Company has  introduced,  among other new
products, dedicated products for several applications, including, in particular,
telecommunications,  computer  peripheral,  and automotive  applications,  power
MOSFETS  for  high-frequency  and  high-voltage  applications,  Omnifets  (power
MOSFETS  with  fully  integrated  protection  devices).  In  1995,  the  Company
introduced  a  multimedia  accelerator  (co-designed  and  developped  by NVIDIA
Corporation) for the high volume multimedia  personal computer market, a digital
signal  processing  core for 0.5 micron  ASICs (DSP 950) and the ST20  family of
compatible 0.5 micron 32-bit  microprocessor cores. The Company also continually
strives to improve the operating  performance and design features of many of its
products.

                  According  to published  industry  data,  SGS-THOMSON  was the
world's leading  supplier of EPROMs in 1995 with revenues of $337.3  million,  a
decrease  of 3% over 1994  revenues.  The EPROM  market is a  relatively  mature
commodity market.  Flash memory products may replace EPROMs in many applications
in the second half of the 1990s.  The Company  currently  supplies  flash memory
products up to 4 Mbit,  and has entered into an  agreement  with  Mitsubishi  to
jointly  develop  a  family  of 16 Mbit  flash  memories.  The  Company  is also
developing a new generation of digital video decompression  chips, a 64-bit RISC
microprocessor and a 0.7 micron BiCMOS mixed-signal  standard cell. There can be
no assurance, however, that the Company's flash memories, x86 microprocessors or
other new products will be successfully  developed or produced or that they will
achieve market acceptance or contribute significantly to the Company's revenues.
The market for the  Company's  new x86  microprocessors  is  dominated  by Intel
Corporation.

                  The Company's  future  success is also  dependent in part upon
its  ability to develop  and  implement  new  design and  process  technologies.
Semiconductor design and process technologies are subject to rapid technological
change,  and require large  expenditures for capital investment and research and
development.  The Company is developing  advanced and standardized  design tools
for its CMOS processes as well as libraries of macrofunctions  and megafunctions
for  many  of  its  products,  and  is  focusing  on  improving  its  concurrent
engineering  practices to better coordinate design activities and reduce overall
time-to-market.  If the Company experiences substantial delays in developing new
design or process technologies or inefficiently  implements production increases
or transitions, the Company's results of operations could be adversely affected.


Employees

                  As of December 31, 1995,  the Company  employed  approximately
25,468 people, of whom approximately  5,035 were employed in France,  5,117 were
employed in Italy, 575

                                     - 33 -

<PAGE>



were employed in the rest of Europe,  2,439 were employed in the United  States,
4,370 were  employed in Malta and Morocco and 7,933 were  employed in Singapore,
Malaysia and Japan. As of December 31, 1995,  approximately 2,540 employees were
engaged in research and  development,  1,300 in marketing  and sales,  17,954 in
manufacturing,  1,522  in  administration  and  general  services  and  2,152 in
divisional functions.

                  The  Company's  future  success will depend,  in part,  on its
ability to continue to attract,  retain and motivate highly qualified technical,
marketing,  engineering and management personnel.  Unions are present in France,
Italy,  Malta,  Morocco  and  Singapore.  The Company  has not  experienced  any
significant  strikes or work stoppages in recent years, other than in connection
with  national  strikes in Italy,  and  management  believes  that the Company's
employee relations are good.


Environmental Matters

                  The Company's manufacturing  operations use many chemicals and
gases and the  Company  is  subject  to a variety  of  governmental  regulations
related to the use, storage,  discharge and disposal of such chemicals and gases
and other  emissions and wastes.  Consistent  with the Company's TQM principles,
the Company has established proactive environmental policies with respect to the
handling of such chemicals and gases and emissions and waste  disposals from its
manufacturing  operations.  The Company has engaged outside consultants to audit
its  environmental  activities and has created  environmental  management teams,
information  systems,   education  and  training  programs,   and  environmental
assessment  procedures  for new processes and  suppliers.  In 1995,  four of the
Company's plants, Kirkop, Malta, Toa Payoh, Singapore,  Rancho Bernardo,  United
States and Rennes,  France,  were  certified  for the  Eco-Management  and Audit
Source Standard ("EMAS").

                   Although the Company has not suffered material  environmental
claims  in the past  and  believes  that its  activities  conform  to  presently
applicable environmental  regulations,  in all material respects,  environmental
claims or the failure to comply with present or future  regulations could result
in the  assessment  of damages  or  imposition  of fines  against  the  Company,
suspension of production or a cessation of operations.



                         Item 2: Description of Property

                  SGS-THOMSON  currently  operates 17  manufacturing  facilities
around the world. The table below sets forth certain information with respect to
SGS-THOMSON's  current  manufacturing  facilities,  products  and  technologies.
Front-end  manufacturing  facilities are wafer  fabrication  plants and back-end
facilities are assembly, packaging and final testing plants.



                                     - 34 -

<PAGE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Location                                 Products                                  Technologies
        --------                                 --------                                  ------------

<S>                                      <C>                                      <C>     <C>
Front-end Facilities:

Crolles, France                          Semicustom devices and dedicated                 8-inch 0.7/0.35 micron CMOS and
                                         products                                         1.2/0.35 micron BiCMOS; and R&D
                                                                                          on submicron technologies in
                                                                                          conjunction with CNET and Philips
                                                                                          Semiconductors

Phoenix, Arizona                         x86 microprocessors and other VLSI               8-inch 0.5/0.35 micron CMOS
                                         products

Agrate, Italy                            EPROMSs, EEPROMs, semicustom             Fab 1 - 6-inch 0.8/0.6 micron CMOS
                                         devices, microprocessors and             Fab 2 - 6-inch 2.0/1.2 micron BiCMOS and
                                         dedicated products                               BCD
                                                                                 
                                                                                  Fab 3-  6-inch
                                                                                          0.65/0.35 micron CMOS
                                                                                          pilot line being
                                                                                          converted to 8-inch

Rousset, France                          Microcontrollers, EEPROMs and                    6-inch 0.8 micron CMOS
                                         smartcard products

Catania, Italy                           Power transistors, smart devices and     Fab 1 - 5-inch 3 micron bipolar power
                                         audio and automotive dedicated           Fab 2 - 5-inch 3/4 micron power MOS/BCD
                                         products                                         (being converted to 6-inch)
                                                                                  Fab 3 - 6-inch 4/6/1 micron pilot line

Rennes, France                           Dedicated and power products                     5-inch 2.0 micron BiCMOS, BCD
                                                                                          and bipolar

Grenoble, France(1)                      Dedicated products and semicustom                4-inch 2.0/1.2 micron BiCMOS
                                         devices

Castelletto, Italy                       Smart power BCD                                  5-inch 4.0/1.2 micron bipolar and
                                                                                          mixed BCD pilot line (being
                                                                                          converted to 6-inch)

Tours, France                            Thyristors, diodes and application-      Fab 1 - 4-inch discrete
                                         specific discretes                       Fab 2 - 4-inch discrete

Ang Mo Kio, Singapore                    Dedicated products, microcontrollers     Fab 1 - 5-inch 2 micron CMOS
                                         and commodity products                   Fab 2 - 5-inch 6 micron bipolar standard
                                                                                  Fab 3 - 5-inch 3 micron bipolar complex

Carrollton, Texas                        Memories, microprocessors and            Fab 1 - 4-inch 1.2 micron CMOS and
                                         semicustom devices                               BiCMOS (being converted to 6-inch)
                                                                                  Fab 2 - 6-inch 0.6 micron CMOS

Rancho Bernardo, California(2)           CMOS/BiCMOS telecommunications                   4-inch 3 micron CMOS/BiCMOS
                                         ICs

Back-end Facilities:

Muar, Malaysia                           Broad range

Kirkop, Malta                            Broad range

Toa Payoh, Singapore                     Broad range

Ain Sebaa, Morocco                       Discrete semiconductors

Bouskoura, Morocco                       Subsystems
<FN>


- ----------

(1)  The closure of the Grenoble front-end facility (originally  scheduled to be
     closed  after the  Crolles  facility  became  fully  operational)  has been
     postponed  due  to  capacity   requirements  in  light  of  current  market
     conditions.
(2)  This facility was acquired by the Company from Northern  Telecom on January
     1, 1994 in connection with entering into a strategic alliance with Northern
     Telecom.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                  In 1995,  approximately  63.0% of the 6-inch equivalent wafers
manufactured  by  SGS-THOMSON  were  manufactured  in Europe,  25.0% in the Asia
Pacific  region,  and 12.0% in the United  States.  The major hubs for  European
manufacturing and product design and

                                     - 35 -

<PAGE>



development  are located in Agrate,  Italy and  Crolles,  France.  In the United
States,  the Company's  main  manufacturing  facility is located in  Carrollton,
Texas. In the Asia Pacific region, the Company operates a front-end wafer fab in
Singapore and back-end facilities in Singapore and Muar, Malaysia.

                  To expand  capacity,  SGS-THOMSON  has  applied  1994 and 1995
investments to build and equip two 8-inch front-end manufacturing  facilities in
Crolles,  France and Phoenix,  Arizona currently in operation,  is applying 1995
investments  to build and equip an  additional  8-inch  front-end  manufacturing
facility in Catania,  Italy,  not yet in operation,  and to build a new back-end
facility and design center in Shenzhen,  China through its joint venture created
in 1994 with a subsidiary of the Shenzhen  Electronics  Group.  The Company also
converted  4-inch and 5-inch water fabs to 5-inch and 6-inch  production  and is
starting the  conversion  and  expansion  from 6-inch to 8-inch  production of a
front-end  fabrication facility in Agrate,  Italy. In addition,  the Company has
identified two other 8-inch front-end wafer fabrication facilities, one of which
will be in Singapore,  with the other one in Italy now under  consideration.  In
1995, the Company approved the building and equipping of a new 8-inch 0.5 micron
front-end wafer  fabrication  plant (which will also be capable of 0.35 and 0.25
micron  production)  in Rousset,  France.  In 1995,  approximately  76.0% of the
wafers manufactured by SGS-THOMSON were manufactured on 5-inch or larger wafers.

                  In 1994, the Company created a joint venture with a subsidiary
of the Shenzhen  Electronics  Group  ("SEG") that is building and will operate a
back-end  manufacturing facility and design center in the Futian free-trade zone
of Shenzhen  in southern  China.  SGS-THOMSON  owns a 60%  interest in the joint
venture,  with a subsidiary of SEG owing the remaining 40%.  Construction of the
plant is being  completed  and equipment  installation  is scheduled to begin in
1996. The Company and SEG plan to invest initially  approximately $77 million in
the joint  venture.  SEG is a diversified  export-oriented  electronics  company
controlled by the Shenzhen Municipal Government that manufactures communications
equipment,  computers  and  electronic  products and  components  and engages in
import-export trading, financial investment management and real estate.

                  Although  each  fabrication  plant is  dedicated  to  specific
processes,  the Company's  strategy is to have  multiple  plants for key process
families.   The  Company   subcontracts   some  back-end  assembly  and  testing
operations.

Manufacturing Risks

                  The  Company's  manufacturing  processes  are highly  complex,
require advanced and costly equipment and are continuously  being modified in an
effort  to  improve  yields  and  product   performance.   Impurities  or  other
difficulties  in the  manufacturing  process  can  lower  yields.  Although  the
Company's increased manufacturing efficiency has been an important factor in its
improved results of operations,  as is common in the semiconductor industry, the
Company  has from time to time  experienced  production  difficulties  that have
caused delivery delays and quality control  problems.  No assurance can be given
that the Company will be able to increase manufacturing efficiency in the future
to the  same  extent  as in the  past or that the  Company  will not  experience
production difficulties in the future.


                                     - 36 -

<PAGE>



                  In addition,  during the recent period of high revenue  growth
for the Company, the Company's manufacturing  facilities,  particularly back-end
assembly,  packaging  and  testing  facilities,  have  been  operating  at  high
capacity.  SGS-THOMSON has applied 1994 and 1995  investments to build and equip
two 8-inch front-end  manufacturing  facilities in Crolles,  France and Phoenix,
Arizona currently in operation,  is applying 1995 investments to build and equip
an additional 8-inch front-end manufacturing facility in Catania, Italy, not yet
in  operation,  and to  build a new  back-end  facility  and  design  center  in
Shenzhen,  China through its joint venture  created in 1994 with a subsidiary of
the Shenzhen  Electronics  Group.  The Company also converted  4-inch and 5-inch
water fabs to 5-inch and 6-inch  production  and is starting the  conversion and
expansion from 6-inch to 8-inch production of a front-end  fabrication  facility
in Agrate,  Italy.  In  addition,  the Company has  identified  two other 8-inch
front-end wafer fabrication facilities,  one of which will be in Singapore, with
the other one in Italy now under  consideration.  In 1995, the Company  approved
the  building  and  equipping  of  a  new  8-inch  0.5  micron  front-end  wafer
fabrication  plant  (which  will  also  be  capable  of  0.35  and  0.25  micron
production) in Rousset,  France. As is common in the semiconductor industry, the
Company has from time to time experienced difficulty in ramping up production at
new  facilities or effecting  transitions  to new  manufacturing  processes and,
consequently, has suffered delays in product deliveries or reduced yields. There
can be no assurance that the Company will not experience  manufacturing problems
in achieving acceptable yields and/or product delivery delays in the future as a
result of,  among  other  things,  capacity  constraints,  construction  delays,
ramping  up  production  at new  facilities,  upgrading  or  expanding  existing
facilities or changing its process technologies,  any of which could result in a
loss of future revenues. The Company's operating results could also be adversely
affected  by the  increase  in fixed  costs and  operating  expenses  related to
increases in production capacity if revenues do not increase commensurately.

                  SGS-THOMSON's  principal  executive office is located in Saint
Genis, France, near Geneva, Switzerland. The Company also operates nine research
and development  centers and 26 design centers.  The Company maintains  regional
sales headquarters in Saint Genis, France, Boston, Massachusetts,  Singapore and
Tokyo, Japan, and has 44 sales offices in 22 countries  throughout Europe, North
America  and  the  Asia  Pacific  region.  In  general,  the  Company  owns  its
manufacturing facilities and leases most of its sales offices.


                            Item 3: Legal Proceedings

                  As is the  case  with  many  companies  in  the  semiconductor
industry,  the Company has from time to time  received  communications  alleging
possible  infringement  of  certain  intellectual  property  rights  of  others.
Irrespective  of the validity or the  successful  assertion of such claims,  the
Company could incur  significant costs with respect to the defense thereof which
could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  results of operations or
financial condition.

                  The   Company  is   currently   involved   in  certain   legal
proceedings, including litigation charging the Company with patent infringement.
The Company  does not believe  that the  ultimate  resolution  of pending  legal
proceedings will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition.


                                     - 37 -

<PAGE>



                  In May 1995, an investigation was ordered by the prosecutor of
the court of Catania,  Italy of the research and development consortium CORIMME.
SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics  s.r.l.  holds a  662/3%  voting  interest  in the
consortium  with the University of Catania  holding the remaining  331/3% voting
interest.  A notice (Informazione di Garanzia) of the commencement of a criminal
investigation  was  served  on the  President  of  CORIMME  and to the  Board of
Directors  and  Statutory  Auditors  of CORIMME.  Under  Italian  law,  criminal
liability  cannot be attributed to a company and therefore  notices  relating to
investigation of acts or events generally  attributable to a company are sent to
the legal  representative  of such company (i.e.  the president or the statutory
bodies). Investigations are still on going with regard to the dispute concerning
value-added-tax ("VAT") between CORIMME and the Italian tax authority,  and with
regard to alleged misuse of public funds by SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics s.r.l.
In order to become eligible for government research and development funding, the
CORIMME  consortium  was  required  to  submit  detailed  plans  specifying  the
objectives of a program and the manner in which the funding  would be used.  The
Company's  management  believes  that the inquiry to date has focused on whether
part of the funds and other  resources  designated  for  research  were used for
production  or  otherwise in violation  of  applicable  requirements  and on the
proper use of, and  allocation  of expenses  (such as rent and  utilities)  for,
resources and the  allocation of revenues  between  CORIMME and the Company.  In
another  matter  concerning a dispute on VAT  deductions,  CORIMME was granted a
favorable  ruling by the Commissione  Tributaria di Primo Grado in Catania which
has been  confirmed by The  Commissione  Tributaria di Secunda Grado in Catania.
The  Company's   management  believes  that  CORIMME's   contractual  and  other
requirements  have  been  honored  in  all  material  respects.   The  Company's
management  further believes that the management of CORIMME programs has been in
all  material  respects  in  accordance  with  those  plans and with  applicable
financial  procedures provided by the Italian  government.  It is cooperating in
full with the authorities in the conduct of the inquiry.  Due to the preliminary
nature of the  inquiry it is  impossible  to  determine  the  ultimate  scope or
outcome of the inquiry.  Although the  investigation is at a preliminary  stage,
management  believes based on  information  available to the Company to date and
based on the advice of legal counsel that the outcome of the investigation  will
not have a material  effect on the financial  condition or results of operations
of the Company.




                                     - 38 -

<PAGE>



                          Item 4: Control of Registrant

Principal Shareholders

         In October, 1995, the Company completed a second public offering of the
Common  Shares.  In the  Offering,  the Company  sold  8,960,000  shares and the
selling  shareholders  sold  11,740,000  shares  at a price to public of $43.5 a
share.  The following table sets forth certain  information  with respect to the
ownership of the Company's Common Shares, as of June 3, 1996.


                                                   Common Shares Owned
                                                   -------------------

                                               Number of
Shareholders                                 Common Shares                %
- ------------                                 -------------                -

SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics
    Holding II B.V..................           95,863,880               69.4






                                     - 39 -

<PAGE>

THIS INFORMATION WAS REPRESENTED BY AN ORGANIZATIONAL CHART IN THE ORIGINAL
Description of Shareholding Structure:

         SGS-THOMSON   Microelectronics  N.V.  is  owned  69.4%  by  SGS-THOMSON
Microelectronics  Holding  II B.V.  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  SGS-THOMSON
Microelectonics  Holding N.V. SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics  Holding N.V. is 50%
owned by a consortium  of French  shareholders  and 50% owned by a consortium of
Italian  shareholders.  The  French  shareholders,   FT2CI  is  owned  49.9%  by
Thomson-CSF and FT1CI, respectively.  Thomson-CSF is owned 58.0% by Thomson S.A.
FT1CI is owned 51.0% and 49% by CEA-Industrie and France Telecom,  respectively.
The Italian  shareholders,  MEI, is owned 50.1% and 49.9% by I.R.I. and Comitato
SIR, respectively.


                                     - 40 -

<PAGE>



                  SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics  Holding  II B.V.  ("SGS-THOMSON
Holding  II") is a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics
Holding  N.V.  ("SGS-THOMSON  Holding").  SGS-THOMSON  Holding is 50% owned by a
consortium of French  shareholders that are indirectly  controlled by the French
government  and 50%  owned by a  consortium  of  Italian  shareholders  that are
indirectly  controlled  by the  Italian  government.  The  consortium  of French
shareholders   is  comprised  of   Thomson-CSF,   a  subsidiary  of  the  French
state-controlled  electronics  company Thomson S.A., France Telecom,  the French
state-controlled telephone company,  CEA-Industrie,  a corporation controlled by
the French atomic energy  commission,  and FT1CI and FT2CI,  two French  holding
companies.  The consortium of Italian  shareholders is comprised of Istituto per
la Ricostruzione Industriale S.p.A. ("I.R.I."),  the holding company for Italian
state-owned industrial and commercial interests, Comitato per l'Intervento nella
SIR ed in settori ad Alta Technologia ("Comitato SIR") and  MEI-Microelettronica
Italiana  s.r.l.   ("MEI"),  an  Italian  holding  company.  In  December  1994,
Finmeccanica,  a subsidiary of I.R.I.,  transferred  its interest in SGS-THOMSON
Holding  to MEI.  Shares of  Thomson-CSF  are  listed on the Bourse de Paris and
Frankfurt  Stock  Exchange and American  Depositary  Receipts for its shares are
quoted on Nasdaq.  Certificats  d'investissement  of CEA-Industrie are listed on
the Bourse de Paris.

                  SGS-THOMSON  Holding II is a holding  company whose only asset
is the  common  stock  of the  Company.  It has no  Supervisory  Board,  and its
Management Board is SGS-THOMSON Holding.

                  Shareholder Agreements

                  In connection  with the formation of the Company,  Thomson-CSF
and STET, as shareholders of the Company,  entered into a shareholders agreement
on April 30, 1987. In connection  with the formation of  SGS-THOMSON  Holding in
1989,  which  coincided with the acquisition by Thorn EMI of its interest in the
Company,  the  shareholders  agreement  (as amended,  the "Holding  Shareholders
Agreement")  was  amended  to apply to the  parties'  ownership  in  SGS-THOMSON
Holding.  The rights and  obligations of Thomson-CSF  and STET under the Holding
Shareholders  Agreement were  subsequently  transferred to or assumed by, as the
case may be,  FT2CI for  Thomson-CSF,  and  Finmeccanica  and MEI for  STET.  In
connection  with the transfer by  Finmeccanica  of its  interest in  SGS-THOMSON
Holding to MEI, the rights and  obligations  of  Finmeccanica  under the Holding
Shareholders  Agreement were  subsequently  transferred to or assumed by, as the
case may be, MEI.

                  Pursuant  to the terms of the Holding  Shareholders  Agreement
and for the duration of such agreement,  FT2CI (the "French Owner"),  on the one
hand, and MEI (the "Italian Owner"),  on the other hand, have agreed to maintain
equal  interests  in the share  capital of  SGS-THOMSON  Holding  and  maintain,
together,  ownership  of the majority of  SGS-THOMSON  Holding's  issued  voting
shares.  The  admission  of a third  party to the share  capital of  SGS-THOMSON
Holding, whether through the sale of SGS-THOMSON Holding's outstanding shares or
through the issue by SGS-THOMSON  Holding of new shares,  or by any other means,
must be unanimously agreed upon. In the event of a new shareholder,  the parties
undertake   to  ensure  that  the   balance   between  the  French  and  Italian
shareholdings shall be maintained.

                  The  Holding  Shareholders  Agreement  contemplates  that  the
parties shall agree upon common  proposals and jointly  exercise their powers of
decision and their full control of

                                     - 41 -

<PAGE>



the  strategies and actions of  SGS-THOMSON  Holding and the Company.  Under the
Holding  Shareholders  Agreement,  the Supervisory Board of SGS-THOMSON Holding,
which is  composed  of three  representatives  of the  French  Owner  and  three
representatives  of the  Italian  Owner,  must  give its prior  approval  before
SGS-THOMSON  Holding,  the Company,  or any  subsidiary  of the Company may: (i)
modify its articles of incorporation;  (ii) change its authorized share capital,
issue,  acquire or dispose of its own shares,  change any shareholder  rights or
issue any instruments  granting an interest in its capital or profits;  (iii) be
liquidated or dispose of all or a substantial and material part of its assets or
any shares it holds in any of its  subsidiaries;  (iv)  enter  into any  merger,
acquisition or joint venture  agreement (and, if substantial  and material,  any
agreement relating to intellectual  property) or form a new company; (v) approve
such company's draft consolidated balance sheets and financial statements or any
profit  distribution by such company;  or (vi) enter into any agreement with any
of the direct or indirect  French or Italian Owners outside the normal course of
business.  The Holding  Shareholders  Agreement  also  provides  that  long-term
business plans and annual budgets of the Company and its  subsidiaries,  as well
as any significant  modifications  thereto,  shall be approved in advance by the
Supervisory Board of SGS-THOMSON Holding. In addition,  the Supervisory Board of
SGS-THOMSON Holding shall also decide upon operations of exceptional  importance
contained  in the annual  budget even after  financing  thereof  shall have been
approved.

                  Such agreement also provides that similar and adequate  levels
of research,  development and technological  innovation shall be achieved by the
Company  and its  subsidiaries  in France and Italy and that  there  shall be no
substantial  discrepancy  in the  percentage  of  state  financing  compared  to
research,  development and technological  innovation expenditures by the Company
and its subsidiaries in each such country.  See "Item 1: Description of Business
State  Support  for the  Semiconductor  Industry."  Pursuant to the terms of the
Holding  Shareholders  Agreement,  SGS-THOMSON  Holding is not  permitted,  as a
matter of principle, to operate outside the field of semiconductor products. The
parties to the Holding Shareholders Agreement also undertake to refrain directly
or  indirectly  from  competing  with the  Company in the area of  semiconductor
products,  subject to certain exceptions, and to offer the Company opportunities
to commercialize or invest in any  semiconductor  product  developments by them.
Any financing or capital  provided by the parties to SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the
Company is  intended to be provided  pro rata based on the  parties'  respective
shareholdings in SGS-THOMSON Holding. In the Holding Shareholders Agreement, the
parties  state that it is of the utmost  importance  that the French and Italian
governments  grant sufficient and continuous  financial support for research and
development,  and  undertake to take  suitable  actions with a view to obtaining
such funding.

                  In the event of a disagreement that cannot be resolved between
the parties as to the conduct of the  business and actions  contemplated  by the
Holding Shareholders  Agreement,  each party has the right to offer its interest
in SGS-THOMSON  Holding to the other, which then has the right to acquire, or to
have a third party acquire, such interest. If neither party agrees to acquire or
have  acquired  the other  party's  interest,  then  together  the  parties  are
obligated to try to find a third party to acquire their collective interests, or
such part  thereof  as is  suitable  to change the  decision  to  terminate  the
agreement.  The Holding Shareholders Agreement otherwise terminates in the event
that one of the parties thereto ceases to hold shares in SGS-THOMSON Holding.


                                     - 42 -

<PAGE>



                  The Company has been informed that the  shareholders  of FT2CI
as well as the  shareholders  of FT1CI (the majority  shareholder of FT2CI) have
also entered into separate  shareholder  agreements  that require the consent of
the  Board of  Directors  of each  such  company  to  certain  actions  taken by
SGS-THOMSON Holding, the Company and its subsidiaries.  These agreements provide
for the  management  of the  interests  of  CEA-Industrie,  France  Telecom  and
Thomson-CSF in SGS-THOMSON Holding and the Company,  with the object of defining
among them the  positions,  strategies  and  decisions to be taken by the French
Owner in SGS-THOMSON  Holding  affecting the management of SGS-THOMSON  Holding,
and the  Company and its  subsidiaries.  The Company is not a party to either of
these agreements.

                  In particular, the agreement between the shareholders of FT2CI
(FT1CI and  Thomson-CSF)  provides  that,  subject to the  fulfillment  of their
duties  as   Supervisory   Board   members   in   accordance   with  Dutch  law,
representatives of FT2CI on the Supervisory Board of SGS-THOMSON Holding and the
Company  can only take  positions  on  specified  matters  at  meetings  of such
Supervisory  Boards if such  positions are approved in advance by a majority (or
in certain  circumstances  three-quarters)  of the Board of  Directors  of FT2CI
(which  consists of nine  members,  six of whom are chosen by FT1CI and three of
whom are  chosen by  Thomson-CSF).  Such  matters  requiring  majority  approval
include:  (i) adoption and changes to long-term  business  plans of  SGS-THOMSON
Holding and the Company, (ii) approval of annual budgets prior to their adoption
by the Supervisory Board of the Company,  (iii) approval of the annual financial
statements of  SGS-THOMSON  Holding and the Company,  (iv)  modification  of the
articles  of  association   or  capital   increases  of  any  of  the  Company's
subsidiaries, (v) dissolution or sale of all or a substantial part of the assets
of any of the Company's subsidiaries,  (vi) any equity investment by SGS-THOMSON
Holding,  the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  in another  company or group,
(vii) any  agreement  between  SGS-THOMSON  Holding  and/or the  Company and any
shareholder  of FT1CI or FT2CI outside the ordinary  course of business,  (viii)
any technology transfer agreement allowing the Company to create new families of
technology or allowing  competitors access to major technologies of the Company,
and (ix) any major  modification  to the geographic  distribution  of industrial
sites of the  Company in Europe or the United  States.  Such  matters  requiring
three-quarters'  approval  include:  (i)  any  modification  of  the  amount  or
breakdown of the capital of SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the Company not constituting
a strategic alliance or any issuance or repurchase by SGS-THOMSON Holding or the
Company of their shares or any modification of the rights attached thereto, (ii)
any issue by  SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the Company of shares  giving  rights to a
minimum  number of shares of capital  stock,  with the effect of or leading to a
change in the ownership of share capital of SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the Company,
(iii) any  distribution  of profits of  SGS-THOMSON  Holding and/or the Company,
(iv) any  liquidation or dissolution of SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the Company,  or
any sale of all or a substantial  part of the assets of either company,  (v) any
modification  of the  articles  of  association  of  SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the
Company,  and (vi) any sale of assets or business  likely to have a  significant
negative impact on the  shareholders'  equity of the Company.  In addition,  any
modification  of the Holding  Shareholders  Agreement  requires  the approval of
three-quarters  of  the  members  of  FT2CI's  Board  of  Directors.  The  FT2CI
shareholders  agreement  provides that the three  representatives  of the French
Owner on the Supervisory Boards of SGS-THOMSON  Holding and the Company shall be
members of the FT2CI Board of Directors  and will consist of two members  chosen
by FT1CI and one member chosen by Thomson-CSF.  The FT2CI shareholders agreement
also  requires  the  consent of  Thomson-CSF  for the  transfer of any shares in
FT1CI. Under certain  circumstances,  FT1CI is required to acquire Thomson-CSF's
interest in FT2CI, including if (i)

                                     - 43 -

<PAGE>



CEA-Industrie  and France Telecom no longer hold a majority of FT1CI's  capital,
(ii) FT1CI no longer  holds a majority of FT2CI's  capital,  (iii) FT2CI and the
Italian shareholders together no longer hold a majority of SGS-THOMSON Holding's
capital,  (iv)  SGS-THOMSON  Holding no longer holds a majority of the Company's
share  capital or (v) FT2CI  obtains  more than a 50%  interest  in  SGS-THOMSON
Holding. Under the FT2CI shareholders  agreement,  Thomson-CSF has agreed not to
compete  with the  Company in the area of  non-military  semiconductor  products
until February 15, 1998. The FT2CI shareholders agreement terminates in 30 years
or in the event one of the parties ceases to hold shares in FT2CI.

                  The agreement between the shareholders of FT1CI (CEA-Industrie
and France  Telecom)  provides that the following  acts of FT2CI with respect to
SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the Company  must be approved by  three-quarters  of the
Board of Directors of FT1CI (which consists of five directors, three of whom are
chosen by CEA-Industrie  and two of whom are chosen by France Telecom):  (i) any
modification  of the  articles  of  association  of  SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the
Company,  (ii) any change in the capital of SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the Company,
or  issuance,  purchase or sale by  SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the Company of their
shares or rights  attached  thereto,  or the issuance of any  securities  giving
rights to a share in the  capital  or  profits  of  SGS-THOMSON  Holding  or the
Company,  (iii) the  liquidation or  dissolution  of SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the
Company or the sale of all or an important  and material part of the business or
assets of SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the Company  representing at least $10,000,000
of the  consolidated  shareholders'  equity  of the  Company,  (iv) any  merger,
acquisition,  partnership in interest or the execution of any material agreement
relating to  intellectual  property  rights,  in each case in which  SGS-THOMSON
Holding  or  the  Company  participates  or in  which  a  proposal  is  made  to
participate,  or the establishment by SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the Company of new
companies  or groups,  (v)  approval  of the  balance  sheets  and  consolidated
accounts of SGS-THOMSON Holding, the Company and its subsidiaries as well as the
policies of distributions of profits among the group, (vi) any agreement between
SGS-THOMSON  Holding and/or the Company and the  shareholders  of FT1CI which is
out of the  ordinary  course of  business,  (vii) the  approval  of, or material
modifications to, shareholders agreements with the Italian Owner with respect to
SGS-THOMSON  Holding or the Company and (viii) approval of strategic  multi-year
plans and annual  consolidated  budgets of SGS-THOMSON  Holding and the Company.
Transfers of shares in FT1CI to third  parties are subject to the approval of at
least four  members  of the Board of  Directors,  and are  subject to a right of
first refusal of the other  shareholders,  as well as other  provisions.  In the
event CEA-Industrie proposes to sell its interest in FT1CI, in whole or in part,
France Telecom has the right to require the acquiror to purchase its interest as
well. The FT1CI shareholders agreement terminates upon the termination of FT1CI.

                  As is the case with other  companies  controlled by the French
Government,  the French  Government  has appointed for each of FT1CI and FT2CI a
Commissaire  du  Gouvernement  and a Controleur d 'Etat.  Pursuant to decree No.
94-214,  dated March 10, 1994, these Government  representatives  have the right
(i) to attend any board  meeting of FT1CI and FT2CI,  and (ii) to veto any board
resolution or any decision of the president of FT1CI and FT2CI within 10 days of
such board meeting (or, if they have not attended the meeting, within 10 days of
the  receipt  of the  board  minutes  or the  notification  of such  president's
decision); such veto lapses if not confirmed within one month by the Ministry of
the Economy or the Ministry of Industry.  FT1CI and FT2CI are subject to certain
points of the arrete of August 9, 1953  pursuant  to which the  Ministry  of the
Economy and any other relevant ministries (a) have the

                                     - 44 -

<PAGE>



authority  to  approve  decisions  of FT1CI and FT2CI  relating  to  budgets  or
forecasts of revenues, operating expenses and capital expenditures,  and (b) may
set  accounting   principles  and  rules  of  evaluation  of  fixed  assets  and
amortization.

                  In connection  with the Initial Public  Offering,  SGS-THOMSON
Holding II and the Company entered into a registration rights agreement pursuant
to which the Company agreed that, upon request from SGS-THOMSON  Holding II, the
Company will file a registration  statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  to register Common Shares held by SGS-THOMSON Holding II, subject to a
maximum  number of five requests in total as well as a maximum of one request in
any twelve-month period.  Subject to certain conditions,  the Company will grant
SGS-THOMSON   Holding  II  the  right  to  include  its  Common  Shares  in  any
registration  statements  covering  offerings  of Common  Shares by the Company.
SGS-THOMSON  Holding  II will pay a  portion  of the costs of any  requested  or
incidental  registered offering based upon its proportion of the total number of
Common Shares being registered,  except that SGS-THOMSON Holding II will pay any
underwriting  commissions  relating  to  Common  Shares  that it  sells  in such
offerings  and any fees and  expenses of its  separate  advisors,  if any.  Such
registration  rights  agreement  will terminate upon the earlier of December 15,
2004 and such time as  SGS-THOMSON  Holding II and its  affiliates own less than
10% of the Company's outstanding Common Shares.

                  The Company has been informed by SGS-THOMSON  Holding II that,
although  there may be  additional  offering  by  SGS-THOMSON  Holding II of its
shares in the Company,  SGS-THOMSON Holding II does not currently have any plans
to reduce its  ownership  interest  to less than a  controlling  interest in the
Company for the  foreseeable  future.  The timing and size of any future primary
and  secondary  offerings  will depend upon a variety of factors,  including  in
particular market conditions.

                  The French and Italian  shareholders  of  SGS-THOMSON  Holding
have agreed  that they will  continue  to manage  their  interest in the Company
through  SGS-THOMSON  Holding at least until the end of 1996 or early 1997,  and
accordingly,  for so long as they hold their  interest in  SGS-THOMSON  Holding,
they have undertaken (i) to jointly hold 100% of SGS-THOMSON  Holding's  capital
and voting rights, (ii) to maintain equality between the interests of the French
and Italian  shareholders,  (iii) to ensure that SGS-THOMSON  Holding  maintains
more than 51% of the  Company's  share  capital and voting  rights,  and (iv) to
jointly exercise their decision-making powers and monitor strategies and actions
as part of SGS-THOMSON Holding's management bodies.


                        Item 5: Nature of Trading Market

General

                  The  Company's  Common Shares are listed on the New York Stock
Exchange, which is the principal trading market for the Common Shares, under the
symbol "STM" and on the Bourse de Paris.  Common  Shares are also quoted on SEAQ
International.



                                     - 45 -

<PAGE>



Trading Markets

                  The table  below sets  forth,  for the period  indicated,  the
reported high and low sales prices in U.S.  dollars for the Common Shares on the
New York Stock  Exchange and the high and low sales prices in French  francs for
the Common Shares on the Bourse de Paris.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 New York Stock Exchange                       Bourse de Paris
                                                 Price per Common Share                    Price per Common Share
                                                 ----------------------                    ----------------------

Calendar Period                                 High                 Low                  High                 Low
- ---------------                                 ----                 ---                  ----                 ---


<S>                                           <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>  

1995
   First quarter..................            $32 1/2              $22 3/4              FRF 160              FRF 119
     Second quarter...............            $41 7/8              $29 3/4              FRF 205.5            FRF 142.0
     Third quarter................            $57 1/2              $40 3/8              FRF 288.0            FRF 197.0
     Fourth quarter...............            $48 3/8              $28 3/8              FRF 279.0            FRF 138.0
</TABLE>




                  At December 31, 1995,  there were  138,208,680  Common  Shares
issued and  outstanding,  of which  24,772,537  or 17.9% were  registered in the
Common Share registry maintained on the Company's behalf in New York.


   Item 6: Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders

                  None.


                                Item 7: Taxation

                  The following is a summary of certain tax  consequences of the
acquisition,  ownership and disposition of the Company's  Common Shares based on
tax laws of The  Netherlands  and the United  States as in effect on the date of
this annual  report on Form 20-F,  and is subject to changes in  Netherlands  or
U.S. law,  including changes that could have retroactive  effect.  The following
summary does not take into account or discuss the tax laws of any country  other
than The  Netherlands  or the United  States,  nor does it take into account the
individual circumstances of an investor.  Prospective investors in the Company's
Common Shares in all jurisdictions are advised to consult their own tax advisers
as to Netherlands, U.S. or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Company's Common Shares.



                                     - 46 -

<PAGE>



Netherlands Taxation

                  The following  summary of Netherlands  tax  considerations  is
based on present Netherlands tax laws as interpreted under officially  published
case law. The  description  is limited to the tax  implications  for an owner of
Common Shares who is not, or is not deemed to be, a resident of The  Netherlands
for  purposes  of the  relevant  tax  codes  (a  "non-resident  Shareholder"  or
"Shareholder") and who owns less than 10% of the Company's Common Shares.

                  Dividend Withholding Tax

                  General. Dividends distributed by the Company are subject to a
withholding  tax  imposed  by The  Netherlands  at a rate  of,  generally,  25%.
Dividends  include  dividends  in  cash  or  in  kind,  constructive  dividends,
repayment of paid-in  capital not  recognized for  Netherlands  tax purposes and
liquidation  proceeds in excess of, for  Netherlands  tax  purposes,  recognized
paid-in  capital.  Stock  dividends are also subject to  withholding  tax on the
nominal  value  unless  sourced  out  of the  Company's  paid-in  share  premium
recognized for Netherlands tax purposes.

                  No  withholding  tax  applies  on the sale or  disposition  of
Common Shares to persons other than the Company and affiliates of the Company.

                  A  Shareholder  can be eligible for a reduction or a refund of
Netherlands  dividend  withholding tax under a tax convention which is in effect
between the country of residence of the  Shareholder  and The  Netherlands.  The
Netherlands  has concluded  such a convention  with,  among  others,  the United
States,  Canada,  Switzerland,  Japan and all EC Member States except  Portugal.
Under all of those conventions,  Netherlands dividend withholding tax is reduced
to 15% or a lower rate.

                  U.S.  Shareholders.  Under the Tax  Convention of December 18,
1992,   concluded   between  the  United   States  and  The   Netherlands   (the
"Convention"),  the  withholding  tax on  dividends  paid  by the  Company  to a
resident of the United States (as defined in the  Convention) who is entitled to
the benefits of the  Convention  under Article 26 may be reduced to 15% pursuant
to Article 10 of the Convention.  Dividends paid by the Company to U.S.  pension
funds and U.S.  exempt  organizations  may be  eligible  for an  exemption  from
dividend withholding tax.

                  Relief/refund  Procedure.  If the 15% rate, or an exemption in
case  of  a  qualifying  U.S.  pension  fund,  is  applicable  pursuant  to  the
Convention, the Company is allowed to pay out a dividend under deduction of 15%,
or  respectively  without any  deduction,  if, at the payment date, the relevant
shareholders  have submitted the duly signed form IB 92 USA, which form includes
a banker's  affidavit.  Holders of Shares  through  DTC will  initially  receive
dividends  subject  to a  withholding  rate of  25%.  An  additional  10% of the
dividend will be paid to holders upon receipt by the dividend  disbursing  agent
of notification  from the Participants in DTC that such holders are eligible for
the reduced rate under the  Convention.  Only where the  applicant  has not been
able to claim full or partial relief at source,  will he be entitled to a refund
of the excess tax withheld. In that case he should mention in the Form IB 92 USA
the circumstances that prevented him from claiming relief at source.


                                     - 47 -

<PAGE>



                  Qualifying U.S. exempt  organizations  can only ask for a full
refund of the tax withheld by using the Form IB 95 USA, which form also includes
a banker's affidavit.

                  Income Tax and Corporate Income Tax

                  A non-resident individual or corporate Shareholder will not be
subject to Netherlands  income tax with respect to dividends  distributed by the
Company on the Common  Shares or with respect to capital  gains derived from the
sale or disposition of Common Shares in the Company, provided that:

                  (a) the non-resident Shareholder does not own a business which
is, in whole or in part,  carried  on  through a  permanent  establishment  or a
permanent  representative  in The  Netherlands  to which  or to whom the  Common
Shares are attributable;

                  (b) the  non-resident  Shareholder  does not have a direct  or
indirect  substantial or deemed substantial interest in the share capital of the
Company as defined in The  Netherlands tax code or, in the event the Shareholder
does have such a substantial interest, such interest is a business asset; and

                  (c) the non-resident Shareholder is not entitled to a share in
the profits of an enterprise  effectively  managed in The Netherlands other than
by way of securities or through an employment contract,  the Common Shares being
attributable to that enterprise.

                  In general terms, a substantial  interest in the share capital
of the Company does not exist if the Shareholder  alone or together with certain
relatives does not own, and has not owned in the preceding five years, one-third
or more of the nominal paid-in capital of any class of shares in the Company.

                  Net Wealth Tax

                  A  non-resident  individual  Shareholder  is  not  subject  to
Netherlands net wealth tax with respect to the Shares, provided that:

                  (a) the non-resident Shareholder does not own a business which
is, in whole or in part,  carried  on  through a  permanent  establishment  or a
permanent  representative  in The  Netherlands  to which  or to whom the  Common
Shares are attributable; and

                  (b) the non-resident Shareholder is not entitled to a share in
the profits of an enterprise  effectively  managed in The Netherlands other than
by way of securities or through an employment contract,  the Common Shares being
attributable to that enterprise.

                  Corporations are not subject to Netherlands net wealth tax.

                  Gift and Inheritance Tax

                  A gift or  inheritance  of Common  Shares from a  non-resident
Shareholder  will not be  subject to a  Netherlands  gift and  inheritance  tax,
provided that:


                                     - 48 -

<PAGE>



                  (a) the non-resident Shareholder does not own a business which
is, in whole or in part,  carried  on  through a  permanent  establishment  or a
permanent  representative  in The  Netherlands  to which  or to whom the  Common
Shares are attributable; and

                  (b) the non-resident Shareholder is not entitled to a share in
the profits of an enterprise  effectively  managed in The Netherlands other than
by way of securities or through an employment contract,  the Common Shares being
attributable to that enterprise.


United States Taxation

                  The following  discussion  addresses the U.S.  federal  income
taxation  of a  beneficial  owner  of the  Company's  Common  Shares  that is an
individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States,  or a corporation,
partnership  or other entity  created or organized  under the laws of the United
States or any other  state or  political  subdivision  thereof,  or an estate or
trust that is subject to U.S.  federal  income  taxation  without  regard to the
source of its income (a "U.S. Investor"). The following summary does not address
the U.S. tax  treatment of certain  types of U.S.  Investors  subject to special
rules (e.g., dealers in securities, financial institutions, U.S. Investors whose
functional currency is not the U.S. dollar,  individual retirement and other tax
deferred  accounts,  life  insurance  companies,  tax-exempt  organizations  and
investors  owning  10% or more of the Common  Shares)  or of other U.S.  federal
taxes,  such as U.S.  federal  estate  tax,  or of  state  or  local  tax  laws.
Prospective  U.S.  Investors  are advised to consult  their own tax  advisers to
ascertain the tax effect of ownership and  disposition of the Common Shares with
respect to their particular circumstances.

         Taxation of Dividends

                  To the extent paid out of current or accumulated  earnings and
profits of the Company,  as  determined  for United  States  federal  income tax
purposes,  the gross amount of dividends  (including  the amount of  Netherlands
taxes  withheld  therefrom)  paid with respect to the Common  Shares (other than
certain  pro rata  distributions  of capital  stock of the  Company or rights to
subscribe  for shares of capital  stock of the Company)  will be included in the
gross income of a U.S. Investor as ordinary foreign source income on the date of
receipt.  For  foreign  tax  credit  purposes,  such  dividends  will  generally
constitute  "passive  income",  or  in  the  case  of  certain  U.S.  Investors,
"financial  services  income".  Such  dividends  will  not be  eligible  for the
dividends  received  deduction  allowed  to  United  States  corporations.   Any
distribution  that exceeds the Company's  current and  accumulated  earnings and
profits will be treated as a  nontaxable  return of capital to the extent of the
U.S. Investor's tax basis in the Common Shares and thereafter as a capital gain.
The amount of any cash distribution paid in any currency other than U.S. dollars
("foreign  currency")  will be equal to the U.S.  dollar  value of such  foreign
currency  distribution  on the date of  receipt,  regardless  of  whether a U.S.
Investor  converts  the  payment  into  U.S.  dollars.  Gain  or  loss,  if any,
recognized  by a U.S.  Investor  on the  sale or  disposition  of  such  foreign
currency will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

                  Netherlands  withholding  tax imposed on  dividends  paid to a
U.S.  Investor by the Company at the Convention rate of 15% will be treated as a
foreign income tax eligible, subject to certain limitations,  for credit against
such U.S. Investor's U.S. federal tax liability.


                                     - 49 -

<PAGE>



                  Taxation on Sale or Exchange

                  A U.S. Investor will generally  recognize a gain or a loss for
U.S. federal income tax purposes on the sale,  exchange or other  disposition of
Common Shares equal to the  difference,  if any,  between the amount realized on
such sale,  exchange or other disposition and the U.S.  Investor's  adjusted tax
basis in the Common Shares. In general, a U.S.  Investor's adjusted tax basis in
Common  Shares  will be equal to the amount paid by the U.S.  Investor  for such
Common  Shares.  Such gain or loss will be  capital  gain or loss if the  Common
Shares are held as a capital asset and will be long-term capital gain or loss if
at the time of sale,  exchange or other  disposition the Common Shares have been
held for more than one year. Gain, if any, will generally be U.S. source income.


Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

                  In  general,  information  reporting  will  apply  to  certain
dividends  paid on the Common  Shares and to the  proceeds of sale of the Common
Shares paid to U.S.  Investors  other than certain  exempt  recipients  (such as
corporations).  A 31% backup  withholding  tax may apply to such payments if the
U.S.  Investor fails to provide an accurate  taxpayer  identification  number or
certification  of exempt status or fails to report in full dividend and interest
income.


                  Item 8: Selected Consolidated Financial Data

                  Reference  is  made to the  information  appearing  under  the
caption  "Selected  Consolidated  Financial Data" on page 25 of the Registrant's
1995 Annual Report to Shareholders,  which information is hereby incorporated by
reference.


       Item 9: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
                            and Results of Operations

                  Reference  is  made to the  information  appearing  under  the
caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations" on pages 26 through 36 of the Registrant's  1995 Annual Report to
Shareholders, which information is hereby incorporated by reference.


                  Item 10: Directors and Officers of Registrant

Supervisory Board

                  The  management of the Company is entrusted to the  Management
Board under the supervision of the  Supervisory  Board.  The  Supervisory  Board
advises the Management  Board and is responsible  for  supervising  the policies
pursued by the Management Board and the general course of affairs of the Company
and its business.  In fulfilling  their duties,  the members of the  Supervisory
Board must serve the interests of the Company and its business.


                                     - 50 -

<PAGE>



                  The Supervisory  Board shall consist of such number of members
as  resolved  by the  general  meeting  of  shareholders  upon  proposal  of the
Supervisory Board, with a minimum of six members. The members of the Supervisory
Board are  appointed  upon  proposal  of the  Supervisory  Board by the  general
shareholders'  meeting  by a majority  of the votes  cast at a meeting  where at
least one-half of the outstanding  share capital is present or  represented.  On
June 24, 1996 the annual general meeting of  shareholders  approved a resolution
of the Supervisory  Board to increase the size of the Supervisory Board from six
to  seven  members  and  appointed  Robert  M.  White  as a new  member  of  the
Supervisory  Board. The Supervisory  Board intends to propose a further increase
in the size of the Supervisory Board to up to eight members,  two of which would
not be  affiliated  with the  Company  or its direct or  indirect  shareholders.
SGS-THOMSON  Holding II has  informed the Company that it intends to concur with
this proposal.

                  Pursuant to various  shareholders  agreements,  the members of
the  Supervisory  Board of the Company are  required  to include  three  members
designated by the French  shareholders  from the Board of Directors of FT2CI (of
whom  Thomson-CSF  has the right to appoint one member and FTlCI,  a corporation
owned  by  CEA-Industrie  and  France  Telecom,  has the  right to  appoint  two
members),  and three  members  designated by the Italian  shareholders  (of whom
I.R.I.  has the right to appoint two members and  Comitato  SIR has the right to
appoint  one  member).  See  Item  4:  "Control  of  Registrant  --  Shareholder
Agreements".

                  The members of the Supervisory  Board shall appoint a chairman
and vice  chairman  of the  Supervisory  Board  from  among the  members  of the
Supervisory  Board (with approval of at least  three-quarters  of the members of
the  Supervisory  Board)  and may  appoint  one or more  members  as a  delegate
supervisory  director  to  communicate  on a regular  basis with the  Management
Board.  Resolutions  of the  Supervisory  Board require the approval of at least
three-quarters  of its members.  The Supervisory Board must meet upon request by
two or more of its members or by the Management Board. The Supervisory Board has
adopted  internal  regulations to clarify the manner by which it carries out the
supervisory duties imposed upon it by law, the Company's Articles of Association
and resolutions of the  shareholders and the Supervisory  Board itself.  By such
resolution the  Supervisory  Board:  (x) authorized (i) the  establishment  of a
secretariat headed by an individual  approved by it and appointed for a one-year
renewable  term (a) to assist the Chairman and Vice Chairman of the  Supervisory
Board in the operations of the board, (b) to implement and oversee the execution
within the  Company of  decisions  adopted by the  Supervisory  Board and (c) to
cooperate in and  contribute to the execution of the functions of the designated
Secretary  and  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Supervisory  Board,  (ii)  (a) the
possibility  of the  appointment by each member of the  Supervisory  Board of an
assistant and (b) the  appointment by such board of two  controllers to exercise
operational  and financial  control over the operations of the Company who, with
assistants,  will  also  review  operation  reports  and the  implementation  of
Supervisory  Board  decisions,  and (iii) the  establishment  by the Supervisory
Board  of  advisory  committees;  and  (y)  established  the  procedure  for the
preparation of  Supervisory  Board  resolutions  and the setting of such board's
calendar.

                  Members of the Supervisory  Board must retire no later than at
the ordinary general meeting of shareholders  held after a period of three years
following their appointment,  but may be reelected.  A member of the Supervisory
Board shall retire at the ordinary  general meeting of shareholders  held in the
year in which he reaches the age prescribed by law for

                                     - 51 -

<PAGE>



retirement of a supervisory  director.  Members of the Supervisory  Board may be
suspended or dismissed by the general meeting of  shareholders.  The Supervisory
Board  may make a  proposal  to the  general  meeting  of  shareholders  for the
suspension  or  dismissal  of one or more of its  members.  The  members  of the
Supervisory Board may receive  compensation if authorized by the general meeting
of shareholders.

                  The  shareholders  agreement  between the consortium of French
shareholders  and the consortium of Italian  shareholders,  as  shareholders  of
SGS-THOMSON Holding,  also includes certain provisions requiring the approval of
the Supervisory Board of SGS-THOMSON  Holding for certain actions by SGS-THOMSON
Holding,  the Company and its  subsidiaries.  In  addition,  pursuant to certain
other shareholders  agreements among the consortium of French shareholders and a
decree issued by certain  Ministries of The Republic of France,  the approval by
members of the Supervisory Board appointed by the French shareholders of certain
actions to be taken by the Company or its subsidiaries  requires the approval of
the  Board of  Directors  of  certain  companies  in the  consortium  of  French
shareholders  and is subject to a veto by certain  Ministries of The Republic of
France.  See  Item 1:  "Description  of  Business  --  Competition"  and Item 4:
"Control of Registrant -- Shareholder  Agreements".  These  requirements for the
prior  approval  of  various  actions  to  be  taken  by  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries  may give rise to a conflict of interest  between the  interests of
the Company and the  individual  shareholders  approving  such actions,  and may
result in a delay in the ability of the  Management  Board to respond as quickly
as may be necessary in the rapidly  changing  environment  of the  semiconductor
industry.  Such  approval  process  is subject  to the  provisions  of Dutch law
requiring  members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  to  act  independently  in  the
supervision of the management of the Company.

                  As of the date of this report,  the members of the Supervisory
Board were:

   Name                      Position           Year Appointed              Age
   ----                      --------           --------------              ---
      
   Bruno Steve                Chairman              1989                     54
   Jean-Pierre Noblanc        Vice Chairman         1994                     57
   Remy Dullieux              Member                1993                     45
   Alessandro Ovi             Member                1994                     52
   Giovanni Ruoppolo          Member                1993                     60
   Henri Starck               Member                1987                     67
   Robert M. White            Member                1996                     58
                                                                                
                  Bruno  Steve  has been a member of the  Company's  Supervisory
Board since 1989. He served as Vice Chairman of the Supervisory  Board from 1989
to July 1990.  From July 1990 to March 1993, Mr. Steve served as Chairman of the
Supervisory  Board.  He has been with  I.R.I.,  Finmeccanica's  parent  company,
Finmeccanica and other affiliates of I.R.I. in various senior positions for over
15 years. He has been the Chief Operating Officer of Finmeccanica since 1988 and
Chief  Executive  Officer  since May  1995.  He was  Senior  Vice  President  of
Planning,  Finance and Control of I.R.I.  from 1984 to 1988.  Prior to 1984, Mr.
Steve served in several key executive positions at STET, I.R.I.s holding company
for the telecommunications sector.


                                     - 52 -

<PAGE>



                  Jean-Pierre Noblanc has been a member of the Supervisory Board
since 1994 and its Chairman until June 1996.  Mr.  Noblanc is presently  General
Manager  of the  Components  Sector  of CEA  Industrie.  Prior  to  joining  CEA
Industrie, Mr. Noblanc served at CNET, the Research Center of France Telecom, as
Director of the Applied  Research Center of Bagneux and of the  Microelectronics
Center of Grenoble, successively. Mr. Noblanc holds a degree in engineering from
the  Ecole  Superieure  d'Electricite  and a  doctoral  degree  in the  Physical
Sciences from the University of Paris. Mr. Noblanc is an Associate Member of the
Committee on  Applications  of the French  Academy of Sciences and a director of
Thomson S.A.  Mr.  Noblanc also serves on the board of Pixtech Inc. and Picogiga
S.A..

                  Remy Dullieux has been a member of the Supervisory Board since
1993. He is a graduate of the Ecole Polytechnique. Since June 1996, Mr. Dullieux
has served as a France  Telecom  Executive  Manager for the Northern and Eastern
areas of France.  From 1991 to June 1996, Mr. Dullieux served as Group Executive
Vice President for Strategic Procurement and Development of France Telecom. From
1985 to 1988, Mr. Dullieux served as Regional Manager of Creteil.

                  Alessandro  Ovi has been a  member  of the  Supervisory  Board
since  1994.  He  received a doctoral  degree in  Nuclear  Engineering  from the
Politecnico of Milan and a master degree of science in Operations  Research from
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  He is currently  the Chief  Executive
Officer of Tecnitel S.p.A., a subsidiary of STET, and President of MEI. Prior to
joining Tecnitel S.p.A.,  Mr. Ovi was the Senior Vice President of International
Affairs  and  Communications  at I.R.I.  He  currently  serves on the  boards of
Alitalia,  STET, Italtel, a STET and Siemens Company, Sirti, Zambon and Carnegie
Mellon University.

                  Giovanni  Ruoppolo  has served as a member of the  Supervisory
Board since 1993 and is  currently a member of the  Central Tax  Committee.  Mr.
Ruoppolo  has  previously  served as  President of the Board of Auditors of Ente
Nazionale  Idrocarburi  S.p.A.,  the Italian national oil and gas company and as
Chief of Staff in several Italian ministries.  Mr. Ruoppolo, as President of the
consortium  of banks  and as  President  of  Comitato  SIR,  is  overseeing  the
restructuring  and  liquidation of the SIR group, a major Italian  petrochemical
business, and oversaw the restructuring and liquidation of Ente Gestione Aziende
Minerarie e Metallurgiche - ("EGAM").  Mr. Ruoppolo has published numerous books
and articles in the fields of law and economics.

                  Henri Starck has been a member of the Supervisory  Board since
1987. Mr. Starck served as Chairman and Vice Chairman of the  Supervisory  Board
from June 1987 to June 1990 and from June 1990 to  January  1993,  respectively,
during which time he was General Manager of Thomson-CSF. Mr. Starck is currently
an adviser to the President of Thomson-CSF and a director of Sextant  Avionique.
Mr.  Starck is a graduate  of the Ecole  Polytechnique  and the Ecole  Nationale
Superieure du Genie Maritime.

                  Robert M. White was appointed to the Supervisory Board in June
1996. Mr. White is currently a Professor and Department  Head at Carnegie Mellon
University  and serves as a member of several  academic  and  corporate  boards,
including those of Ontrack Computer Systems,  Inc., Zilog, Inc.,  Foundation for
the  National  Medals of Science  and  Technology,  Industrial  Advisory  Board,
Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory and NEA Academic.  From 1990 to 1993, Mr.
White served as Under Secretary of Commerce for

                                     - 53 -

<PAGE>



Technology in the United States  Government.  Prior to 1990, Mr. White served in
several key executive  positions at Xerox Corporation,  Control Data Corporation
and MCC. He received a doctoral  degree in Physics from Stanford  University and
graduated  with  a  degree  in  Science  from  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of
Technology.  Mr.  White  has  published  four  books,  three of which  have been
translated into foreign  languages,  and over a hundred articles in the field of
Physics.

Management Board

                  The  management of the Company is entrusted to the  Management
Board under the  supervision  of the  Supervisory  Board.  Under the Articles of
Association,  the  Management  Board shall  obtain  prior  approval (x) from the
Supervisory Board for (i) all proposals to be submitted to a vote at the general
meeting of  shareholders,  (ii) the formation of all  companies,  acquisition or
sale of any  participation,  and conclusion of any cooperation and participation
agreement,  (iii) all  pluriannual  plans of the  Company and the budget for the
first coming year,  covering  investment  policy,  policy regarding research and
development,  as well as commercial  policy and  objectives,  general  financial
policy,  and  policy  regarding  personnel,  and (iv)  all  acts,  decisions  or
operations  covered by the foregoing and constituting a significant  change with
respect to decisions  already  taken by the  Supervisory  Board and (y) from the
general meeting of shareholders for decisions relating to (i) the sale of all or
of an important part of the Company's assets or concerns,  and (ii) all mergers,
acquisitions  or joint  ventures  which the  Company  wishes to enter  into.  In
addition,  under the Articles of Association,  the Supervisory Board may specify
by resolution  certain  actions by the  Management  Board that require its prior
approval.  Following  the  adoption  of such a  resolution,  the  actions by the
Management  Board  with  respect  to the  Company  and all  direct  or  indirect
subsidiaries of the Company requiring such prior approval include the following:
(i)  modification of its Articles of Association;  (ii) change in its authorized
share capital,  issue,  acquisition or disposal of its own shares, change in any
shareholder  rights or issue of any  instruments  granting  an  interest  in its
capital or profits;  (iii)  liquidation or disposal of all or a substantial  and
material  part of its assets or any shares it holds in any of its  subsidiaries;
(iv) entering into any merger,  acquisition or joint venture  agreement (and, if
substantial and material,  any agreement  relating to intellectual  property) or
formation of a new company;  (v) approval of such company's  draft  consolidated
balance  sheets and  financial  statements  or any profit  distribution  by such
company;  (vi) entering  into any  agreement  with any of the direct or indirect
French or Italian Owners outside the normal course of business; (vii) submission
of documents reporting on (a) approved policy, expected progress and results and
(b) strategic  long-term  business plans and consolidated  annual budgets or any
modifications to such; (viii) preparation of long-term business plans and annual
budgets;  (ix) adoption and  implementation of such long-term business plans and
annual  budgets;  (x) approval of all  operations  outside the normal  course of
business,  including  operations  already provided for in the annual budget; and
(xi) approval of the quarterly,  semi-annual and annual  consolidated  financial
statements  prepared in  accordance  with  internationally  accepted  accounting
principles. Such resolution also requires that the Management Board obtain prior
approval from the  Supervisory  Board for (i) the  appointment of the members of
the  statutory  management,  administration  and control  bodies of  SGS-THOMSON
Microelectronics  S.A. and  SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics  s.r.l.;  and (ii) the
nomination of the statutory management, administration and control bodies of the
Company  and  each of the  Company's  other  direct  and  indirect  subsidiaries
followed  by   confirmation   to  the   Supervisory   Board  of  such  nominees'
appointments.  The general  meeting of  shareholders  may also  specify  certain
actions of the

                                     - 54 -

<PAGE>



Management  Board that  require  shareholder  approval.  The  shareholders  have
resolved that the Management  Board must obtain  shareholder  approval prior to:
(i) the sale of all or of an important part of the Company's assets and concerns
and (ii) all mergers, acquisitions or joint ventures which the Company wishes to
enter into.  See "Item 1:  Description of Business  -Competition"  and "Item 13:
Interest of Management in Certain Transactions".

                  The  Management  Board shall consist of such number of members
as resolved  by the general  meeting of  shareholders  upon the  proposal of the
Supervisory  Board.  The members of the Management Board are appointed for three
year terms upon proposal by the Supervisory  Board by the general  shareholders'
meeting by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting where at least  one-half of
the outstanding  share capital is present or represented.  The Supervisory Board
appoints  one of the  members  of the  Management  Board to be  chairman  of the
Management Board (upon approval of at least three-quarters of the members of the
Supervisory Board).  Resolutions of the Management Board require the approval of
a majority of its members.  Mr. Pasquale Pistorio,  the Company's  President and
Chief Executive Officer, is currently the sole member of the Management Board.

                  The general meeting of shareholders may suspend or dismiss one
or more members of the Management  Board at a meeting at which at least one-half
of the  outstanding  share  capital  is  present  or  represented.  No quorum is
required if a suspension or dismissal is proposed by the Supervisory  Board. The
Supervisory  Board may suspend  members of the Management  Board,  but a general
meeting  of  shareholders  must be  convened  within  three  months  after  such
suspension  to confirm or reject the  suspension.  The  Supervisory  Board shall
appoint  one or more  persons  who shall at any time in the event of  absence or
inability  to act of all the  members  of the  Management  Board be  temporarily
responsible for the management of the Company.  The Supervisory Board determines
the  compensation and other terms and conditions of employment of the members of
the Management Board.


Executive Officers

                  As a legal  matter,  the  executive  officers  of the  Company
support the Management Board in its management of the Company. In practice,  the
executive  officers and the Management Board share management  responsibilities.
The  Company  is  organized  in a matrix  structure  with  geographical  regions
interacting with product divisions,  bringing all levels of management closer to
the customer and  facilitating  communication  among  research and  development,
production, marketing and sales organizations.

                  The  executive  officers of the Company are (as of the date of
this report):

                                                                               
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Years in
                                                                      Years with         Semiconductor
         Name                           Position                    the Company(1)         Industry         Age
         ----                           --------                    --------------         --------         ---
<S>                           <C>                                         <C>                 <C>           <C>

Pasquale Pistorio             President and Chief Executive               16                  32            60
                                Officer
Laurent Bosson                Corporate Vice President,                   13                  13            54
                                Front-end Manufacturing
                                and Americas Region
Carlo Bozotti                 Corporate Vice President,                   19                  19            43
                                European and
</TABLE>

                                     - 55 -

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Years in
                                                                      Years with         Semiconductor
         Name                           Position                    the Company(1)         Industry         Age
         ----                           --------                    --------------         --------         ---
<S>                           <C>                                         <C>                 <C>           <C>

                                Headquarters Region
Salvatore Castorina           Corporate Vice President,                   14                  30            60
                                Discrete and Standard
                                ICs Group
Murray Duffin                 Corporate Vice President,                    9                  36            62
                                Total Quality Management
Alain Dutheil                 Corporate Vice President,                   13                  26            51
                                Strategic Planning and
                                Human Resources
Ennio Filauro                 Corporate Vice President,                   27                  36            64
                                Memory Products Group
Philippe Geyres               Corporate Vice President,                   12                  20            44
                                Programmable Products Group
Maurizio Ghirga               Corporate Vice President, Chief             13                  13            58
                                Financial Officer
Jean-Claude Marquet           Corporate Vice President                    10                  29            54
                                Asia Pacific Region
Pier Angelo Martinotti        Corporate Vice President, New               15                  28            54
                                Ventures Group
Joel Monnier                  Corporate Vice President, Central           13                  22            51
                                Research and Development
Piero Mosconi                 Corporate Vice President,                   32                  32            56
                                Treasurer
Aldo Romano                   Corporate Vice President,                   30                  30            56
                                Dedicated Products Group
Giordano Seragnoli            Corporate Vice President,                   31                  33            59
                                Back-end Manufacturing
                                and Subsystems
Keizo Shibata                 Corporate Vice President,                    4                  31            59
                                Japan Region

<FN>
(1) Including years with Thomson Semiconducteurs or SGS Microelettronica.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                  Pasquale  Pistorio has more than 30 years of experience in the
semiconductor  industry.  After  graduating in Electrical  Engineering  from the
Polytechnical  University  of Turin in  1963,  he  started  his  career  selling
Motorola  products.  Mr. Pistorio joined Motorola in 1967,  becoming Director of
World Marketing in 1977 and General Manager of the  International  Semiconductor
Division in 1978.  Mr.  Pistorio  joined SGS  Microelettronica  as President and
Chief Executive Officer in 1980 and became President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company upon its formation in 1987.

                  Laurent Bosson has served as Corporate Vice President, Central
Manufacturing  and VLSI  Fabs  since  1989 and in 1992 he was  given  additional
responsibility  as  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of the  Company's
operations in the Americas.  Mr. Bosson  received a Masters  degree in Chemistry
from the University of Dijon in 1969. He joined Thomson-CSF in 1964 and has held
several  positions in  engineering  and  manufacturing.  In 1982, Mr. Bosson was
appointed  General  Manager  of the  Tours and  Alencon  facilities  of  Thomson
Semiconducteurs.   In  1985,   he   joined   the   French   subsidiary   of  SGS
Microelettronica  as  General  Manager  of  the  Rennes,   France  manufacturing
facility.

                  Carlo Bozotti has served as Corporate Vice  President,  Europe
and Headquarters  Region since 1994. Mr. Bozotti joined SGS  Microelettronica in
1977 after  graduating in Electronic  Engineering  from the University of Pavia.
Mr. Bozotti served as Product  Manager for the Industrial,  Computer  Peripheral
and Telecom  divisions and as Product  Manager for the Monolithic  Microsystems'
Telecom business unit from 1986 to 1987. He was appointed Director

                                     - 56 -

<PAGE>



of Corporate Strategic Marketing and Key Accounts for the Headquarters Region in
1988 and became Vice President, Marketing and Sales, Americas Division in 1991.

                  Salvatore  Castorina has served as Corporate  Vice  President,
Discrete  and  Standard  ICs  Group  since  1989.  Mr.  Castorina  received  his
engineering degree in Electronics from the Polytechnical University of Turin and
began his career as a teacher of electrical and electronic technologies prior to
joining Thomson-CSF in Milan in 1965. In 1967, he joined Motorola Semiconductors
and held various positions in sales and marketing. In 1981, Mr. Castorina joined
the  Company as  Transistor  General  Manager in Catania  and became the General
Manager of the Company's Discrete Division in 1989.

                  Murray Duffin has served as Corporate  Vice  President,  Total
Quality  Management  since 1992.  Mr. Duffin  graduated  from the  University of
Manitoba in Electrical  Engineering and later studied  Semiconductor Physics and
Computer  Logic at the  University of California Los Angeles and received an MBA
from Arizona State  University.  Mr. Duffin  started his career in 1959 as an RF
Applications  Engineer and thereafter held numerous managerial  positions within
most of the departments at TRW and Motorola  Semiconductors prior to joining the
Company in 1986.  From 1986 to 1992, Mr. Duffin was in charge of the quality and
service organization.

                  Alain  Dutheil  has  served  as  Corporate   Vice   President,
Strategic  Planning and Human Resources since 1994 and 1992,  respectively.  Mr.
Dutheil is also President of the Company's French  subsidiary,  SGS-THOMSON S.A.
After   graduating  in  Electrical   Engineering   from  the  Ecole   Superieure
d'Ingenieurs de Marseilles  (ESIM), Mr. Dutheil joined Texas Instruments in 1969
as a Production Engineer,  becoming Director for Discrete Products in France and
Human Resources Director for Texas  Instruments,  France in 1980 and Director of
Operations  for  Texas   Instruments,   Portugal  in  1982.  He  joined  Thomson
Semiconducteurs in 1983 as General Manager of a plant in Aix-en-Provence, France
and then became General  Manager of the Company's  Discrete  Products  Division.
From  1989 to 1994,  Mr.  Dutheil  served as  Director  for  Worldwide  Back-end
Manufacturing  in  addition to serving as  Corporate  Vice  President  for Human
Resources from 1992 until the present.

                  Ennio Filauro has served as Corporate Vice President,  General
Manager Memory  Products  Group since 1990.  After  graduating  with a degree in
Electrical  Engineering  from the  University of Palermo,  Mr. Filauro began his
career in 1958 as a member  of the  Engineering  and  Quality  Control  Group of
Raytheon  Italia.  In 1968, Mr. Filauro joined SGS  Microelettronica  as head of
Quality Control Services at the research and development  center in Castelletto,
and was  subsequently  responsible for the Central  Production  Direction of the
facilities in Rennes, Falkirk and Catania. From 1974 to 1979, Mr. Filauro served
as General Manager of the facility in Catania, and thereafter served as Director
of the Corporate  Engineering  Group in Agrate. He became General Manager of the
VLSI Division of SGS Microelettronica in 1985.

                  Philippe  Geyres  has  served  as  Corporate  Vice  President,
General  Manager  Programmable  Products Group since 1990. Mr. Geyres  graduated
from the Ecole  Polytechnique  in 1973 and began his  career  with IBM in France
before joining  Schlumberger Group in 1980 as Data Processing  Director.  He was
subsequently   appointed  Deputy  Director  of  the  IC  Division  at  Fairchild
Semiconductors. Mr. Geyres joined Thomson Semiconducteurs in 1983 as Director of
the Bipolar Integrated  Circuits Division.  He was appointed  Strategic Programs
Director in 1987,  and later the same year,  became  Corporate  Vice  President,
Strategic Planning of the Company.

                                     - 57 -

<PAGE>




                  Maurizio  Ghirga  became   Corporate  Vice  President,   Chief
Financial Officer in 1987, after having served as chief financial  controller of
SGS   Microelettronica   since  1983.  Mr.  Ghirga  has  a  degree  in  Business
Administration from the University of Genoa. He spent more than ten years of his
career in various  financial  capacities at ESSO Company (an Exxon subsidiary in
Italy) and prior to joining the Company was  Financial  Controller of one of the
largest refinery plants in Italy and of an ESSO chemical subsidiary.

                  Jean-Claude  Marquet has served as Corporate  Vice  President,
Asia  Pacific  Region  since July  1995.  After  graduating  in  Electrical  and
Electronics  Engineering  from the Ecole Breguet  Paris,  Mr.  Marquet began his
career in the National French Research Organisation and later joined Alcatel. In
1969, he joined Philips  Components.  He remained at Philips until 1978, when he
joined Ericsson,  eventually becoming President of Ericsson's French operations.
In 1985, Mr. Marquet joined Thomson  Semiconducteurs as Vice President Sales and
Marketing,  France.  Thereafter,  Mr. Marquet served as Vice President Sales and
Marketing for France and Benelux,  and Vice  President Asia Pacific and Director
of Sales and Marketing for the region.

                  Pier Angelo Martinotti has served as Corporate Vice President,
General  Manager  New  Ventures  Group  since  1994.  A graduate  in  Electronic
Engineering from the Polytechnical University of Turin, Mr. Martinotti began his
career at the Company in 1965 as an Application and Marketing Engineer. In 1968,
he joined Motorola  Semiconductors in the area of strategic marketing in Europe,
and in 1975 became the Marketing (Sales) Director for Europe. From 1986 to 1990,
Mr. Martinotti was Chief Executive Officer of Innovative Silicon  Technology,  a
former  subsidiary of the Company.  Mr.  Martinotti  was  appointed  Director of
Corporate Strategic Planning in 1990.

                  Joel Monnier has served as Corporate Vice President,  Director
of Central  Research and Development  since 1989. After graduating in Electrical
Engineering  from  the  Institut  National  Polytechnique  of  Grenoble,   Ecole
Nationale  Superieure  de Radio  Electricite,  Mr.  Monnier  obtained a doctoral
degree  in   microelectronics   at  LETI/CENG.   He  began  his  career  in  the
semiconductor  industry  in 1968 as a  researcher  with CENG,  and  subsequently
joined  the  research  and  development  laboratories  of Texas  Instruments  in
Villeneuve Loubet,  France and Houston,  Texas,  eventually becoming Engineering
Manager  and  Operation  Manager  at  Texas  Instruments.   Mr.  Monnier  joined
Thomson-CSF  in 1983 as head of the research and  manufacturing  unit of Thomson
Semiconducteurs. In 1987, he was appointed Vice President and Corporate Director
of Manufacturing.

                  Piero  Mosconi  has  served  as  Corporate   Vice   President,
Treasurer  since 1987.  After  graduating in accounting  from Monza in 1960, Mr.
Mosconi joined the faculty at the  University of Milan.  Mr. Mosconi worked with
an Italian  bank  before  joining  the Foreign  Subsidiaries  Department  at SGS
Microelettronica in 1964 and becoming Corporate Director of Finance in 1980.

                  Aldo Romano has served as Corporate  Vice  President,  General
Manager  Dedicated  Products  Group  since  1987.  Mr.  Romano is also  Managing
Director  of the  Company's  Italian  subsidiary,  SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics
s.r.l.  A graduate in Electronic  Engineering  from the  University of Padova in
1963,  Mr.  Romano joined SGS  Microelettronica  in 1965 as a designer of linear
ICs,  becoming  head of the  linear  IC  design  laboratory  in 1968 and head of
Marketing

                                     - 58 -

<PAGE>



and  Applications in 1976. Mr. Romano became Director of the Bipolar IC Division
(which has evolved into the Dedicated Products Group) in 1980.

                  Giordano  Seragnoli  has served as Corporate  Vice  President,
General  Manager  Subsystems  since 1987 and since 1994,  Director for Worldwide
Back-end  Manufacturing.  After  graduating in Electrical  Engineering  from the
University of Bologna,  Mr. Seragnoli joined the Thomson Group as RF Application
Designer  in 1962 and  joined  SGS  Microelettronica  in 1965.  Thereafter,  Mr.
Seragnoli served in various capacities within the Company,  including  Strategic
Marketing Manager and Subsystems  Division Manager,  Subsystems Division Manager
(Agrate), Technical Facilities Manager, Subsystems Division Manager and Back-End
Manager.

                  Keizo  Shibata  has served as  Corporate  Vice  President  and
President of the Company's  Japanese  subsidiary,  SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics
K.K.,  since  1992.  Mr.  Shibata  obtained  bachelors  and  masters  degrees in
Engineering  from  Osaka  University  and  has 31  years  of  experience  in the
semiconductor industry.  Prior to joining SGS-THOMSON,  Mr. Shibata was employed
with Toshiba  Corporation since 1964 in various  capacities.  From 1987 to 1988,
Mr. Shibata served as Chairman of both World  Semiconductor Trade Statistics and
the Trade Policy Committee of the Electric Industry Association of Japan.

                  As is  common in the  semiconductor  industry,  the  Company's
success depends to a significant extent upon, among other factors, the continued
service of its key senior executives and research and development,  engineering,
marketing, sales, manufacturing, support and other personnel, and on its ability
to continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. The competition
for such employees is intense,  and the loss of the services of any of these key
personnel without adequate replacement or the inability to attract new qualified
personnel could have a material adverse effect on the Company.  The Company does
not maintain insurance with respect to the loss of any of its key personnel.


                 Item 11: Compensation of Directors and Officers

                  The  aggregate  cash  compensation  offered  for  1995  to the
members of the Supervisory Board by the Company was approximately  $252,000. The
amount of cash  compensation  for 1995 to the executive  officers of the Company
and  members  of the  Management  Board  as a  group  by  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries was approximately $6.0 million.

                  In  1989,  the  Company   established  a  Corporate  Executive
Incentive Program (the "EIP") that entitles  selected  executives and members of
the Management Board to a yearly bonus based upon the individual  performance of
such  executives.  The  maximum  bonus  awarded  under  the EIP is based  upon a
percentage of the  executive's or member's salary and is adjusted to reflect the
overall  performance of the Company.  The  participants  in the EIP must satisfy
certain personal  objectives that are focused on customer service,  profit, cash
flow and market share.

                  The  executive  officers and members of the  Management  Board
were also  covered  in 1995  under  certain  group  life and  medical  insurance
programs provided by the Company.  The aggregate  additional amount set aside by
the  Company in 1995 to provide  pension,  retirement  or similar  benefits  for
executive officers and members of the Management Board of the Company as a group
was approximately $2.4 million.

                                     - 59 -

<PAGE>





     Item 12: Option to Purchase Securities from Registrant or Subsidiaries

                  As of May 22, 1996,  options to purchase up to an aggregate of
692,350 Common Shares were  outstanding  under the Company's  first stock option
plan (the "1989 Stock  Option  Plan").  Such  options  are fully  vested and are
exercisable at the original  issue price,  as adjusted to reflect the 40:1 stock
split  effected in connection  with the Initial Public  Offering,  of NLG 25 per
share ($14.51 based on the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers
in Dutch guilders as certified for customs  purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York of US$1=NLG  1.7225 on May 22, 1996 (the "Noon Buying  Rate")) or at
the price of NLG 17.50 per share ($10.15  based on the Noon Buying  Rate).  Such
options, of which 942,050 have been exercised, are held by executive officers of
the Company as a group and expire on December 18, 1999.

                  On October 20, 1995, the  Shareholders of the Company approved
resolutions  authorizing  the  Supervisory  Board for a period of five  years to
adopt and  administer a new stock option plan which provides for the granting to
managers and professionals of the Company of options to purchase up to a maximum
of 5.5  million  Common  Shares  (the "1995  Stock  Option  Plan").  The Company
currently  intends to grant  options  pursuant to the 1995 Stock  Option Plan to
purchase up to  1,200,000  Common  Shares at a price per Common Share of $36.25.
Such options are  exercisable  for a period of eight years following the date of
grant.

                  On June 24, 1996 the general meeting of shareholders  approved
the  granting of options to purchase up to 72,000  Common  Shares to members and
professionals of the Supervisory Board over a period of three consecutive years,
beginning in 1996.  Options  granted  thereunder  will be exercisable  until the
eighth  anniversary date following the date of grant at the closing price of the
Common  Shares  on the New York  Stock  Exchange  on the date such  options  are
exercised.


             Item 13: Interest of Management in Certain Transactions

                  One of the  Company's  key  customers  is Thomson  Multimedia.
Thomson  Multimedia and  Thomson-CSF,  one of the indirect  shareholders  of the
Company (see "Item 4: Control of  Registrant"),  are both  controlled by Thomson
S.A.  The  Company  sells a broad  range  of  products  to  Thomson  Multimedia,
including dedicated products,  microcontrollers  and semicustom devices, for use
in televisions,  video cassette  recorders and satellite  receiver systems.  The
Company  believes that all of the products  that it sells to Thomson  Multimedia
are sold on  commercial  terms no less  favorable  to the Company  than could be
obtained  with  non-affiliated  parties.  The  Company  has also  formed a joint
venture with Thomson  Multimedia to conduct joint  research and  development  on
advanced television products, including digital television products. The Company
and  Thomson  Multimedia  share the  funding of the joint  venture's  designers,
engineers and managers.

                  The  Company  has  formed  a  joint   venture   research   and
development  center with CNET in the form of a Groupement  d'Interet  Economique
("GIE").  CNET is a research  laboratory that is wholly owned by France Telecom,
one of the  indirect  shareholders  of the  Company.  See  "Item 4:  Control  of
Registrant". The research center is housed at the Company's Crolles, France

                                     - 60 -

<PAGE>



manufacturing  facility.  It is developing submicron process  technologies.  The
joint venture  between the Company and CNET was created  before  France  Telecom
became an indirect shareholder of the Company.

                  The Company  participated  in a joint research and development
project with LETI with respect to  high-density  silicium  integrated  circuits.
LETI is a research  laboratory that is a department of CEA, the parent of one of
the indirect  shareholders of the Company.  See "Item 4: Control of Registrant".
In 1995,  the  Company  has signed an  agreement  providing  for a research  and
development  cooperation with GRESSI, the research and development GIE formed by
CNET and LETI.  The  objectives of the  cooperation  are to develop  know-how on
innovative  aspects of VLSI  technology  evolution  which can be  transferred to
industrial  applications,  and to address the development of innovative  process
steps and process modules to be used in future generations of VLSI products. The
cooperation  agreement is based upon a  pluriannual  plan through 1998, of which
the Company is expected to bear half of the program's total cost.

                  The Company  participates in certain programs sponsored by the
French and Italian  governments  for the funding of research and development and
industrialization  through direct grants as well as low interest financing.  See
"Item  1:  Description  of  Business  --  State  Support  for the  Semiconductor
Industry".  The shareholders of SGS-THOMSON Holding, the corporate parent of the
Company's majority shareholder,  are controlled,  directly or indirectly, by the
governments  of the  Republics  of France  and  Italy.  See "Item 4:  Control of
Registrant".

                  Sales to  shareholders  of the  Company  and their  affiliates
totalled  $195.4  million in 1995. At December 31, 1995 there was no outstanding
indebtedness guaranteed by indirect shareholders.

                  From time to time,  the Company may deposit with its direct or
indirect shareholders, or their affiliates,  available funds for investment on a
short-term basis at market interest rates.


                                     PART II


               Item 14: Description of Securities to be Registered

Not applicable.


                                    PART III


                    Item 15: Defaults upon Senior Securities

None.


Item 16: Changes in Securities and Changes in Security for Registered Securities

                                     - 61 -

<PAGE>




None.


                                     PART IV


                          Item 17: Financial Statements

Not applicable.


                          Item 18: Financial Statements

                  Consolidated     financial     statements    of    SGS-THOMSON
Microelectronics  N.V. for each of the three years in the period ended  December
31, 1995 are incorporated by reference from the Registrant's  1995 Annual Report
to Shareholders, on pages 37 through 55.

                  On January 26, 1996, the Supervisory  Board  determined  that,
after nine  consecutive  years of  service  from a single  auditor,  a change of
auditors would be in the best interest of the Company and, consequently, decided
not to renew Arthur  Andersen & Co. The  appointment of Price  Waterhouse as the
Company's new auditors was approved by the annual  general  meeting held on June
24, 1996. The letter from Arthur  Andersen & Co.  indicating that there has been
no cause  for  disagreement  between  the  parties  during  the  course of their
relationship is filed as Exhibit 1 hereto.


                   Item 19: Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a)      1.    Financial Statements

               The  financial  statements  listed in the  accompanying  Index to
               Financial  Statements and Financial  Statement Schedule are filed
               or incorporated by reference as part of this annual report.

         2.    Financial Statement Schedule

               The financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index
               is filed as part of this annual report.

(b)      Exhibits

         The exhibits listed in the accompanying index are filed or incorporated
         by reference as part of this annual report.



                                     - 62 -

<PAGE>




                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
                                  (Item 19(a))



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     Reference Page
                                                                                     --------------
               
                                                                                                     1995 Annual
                                                                                                      Report to
                                                                            Form 20-F               Shareholders
                                                                            ---------               ------------

<S>                                                                             <C>                      <C>
SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V. and Subsidiaries

   Independent Public Accountant's Report.....................                                           55

   Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
     December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.........................                                           37

   Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995,
     1994 and 1993............................................                                           38

   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years
     Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993...................                                           39

   Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the
     Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.............                                           40

   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as of
     December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.........................                                           41




Schedule -Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for
   the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993...........                  66

Independent Public Accountant's Report on Schedule............                  67

</TABLE>



                                     - 63 -

<PAGE>







                                                                       Schedule



                        SGS-THOMSON MICROELECTRONICS N.V.
                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                     (Currency - Thousands of U.S. dollars)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          Charged
                                                    Balance at                           to costs                     Balance at
                                                    beginning         Translation          and                          end of
                                                    of period         adjustment         expenses       Deductions      period
                                                    ---------         ----------         --------       ----------      ------

<S>                                                     <C>                <C>             <C>              <C>           <C>
</TABLE>



                                      -66-

<PAGE>





Valuation and qualifying accounts
deducted from the related asset
accounts
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>                   <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>

1995
    Inventories............................             29,982                ----         36,500           29,982         36,500
    Accounts Receivable....................             14,018                 691          3,467              295         17,881

1994
    Inventories............................             28,121                ----         29,982           28,121         29,982
    Accounts receivable....................             12,181                 893          3,198            2,254         14,018

1993
    Inventories............................              6,748                ----         28,121            6,748         28,121
    Accounts receivable....................             10,835               (815)          2,835              674         12,181


Long-term liabilities

1995
    Claims and litigation..................               ----                ----         16,000             ----         16,000

1994
    Loss on operating lease................             13,949                ----           ----           13,949              0

1993
    Restructuring..........................               ----                ----         19,500             ----         19,500
    Loss on operating lease................             10,949                ----          3,000                          13,949
    Patents litigation.....................               ----                ----          5,000             ----          5,000

</TABLE>






                                      -67-

<PAGE>



                            INSERT REPORT ON SCHEDULE


                                      -68-

<PAGE>




                                    SIGNATURE



    Pursuant to the Requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the registrant  certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing
on Form 20-F and has duly caused  this annual  report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                          SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.



Date:  June 27, 1996           By:  /s/ Pasquale Pistorio
                                    ---------------------
                               Name:     Pasquale Pistorio
                               Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

                                      -69-

<PAGE>


                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                                  (Item 19(b))


Exhibit
Number            Description
- ------            -----------

1.       Letter of Arthur Andersen & Co.

2.       SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V. 1995 Annual Report to Shareholders

3.       Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company


<PAGE>





                             ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
                                       of:
                        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.
                            established in Amsterdam
                             dated December 11, 1995



NAME, SEAT AND DURATION.
Article 1.
1.1.       The name of the company is: SGS-THOMSON
           Microelectronics N.V.
1.2.       The company is established at Amsterdam.
1.3.       The company will continue for an indefinite period.
OBJECTS.
Article 2.
The objects of the company shall be to participate or take in any manner any
interests in other business enterprises, to manage such enterprises, to carry on
the business in semiconductors and electronic devices, to take and grant
licenses and other industrial property interests, assume commitments in the name
of any enterprises with which it may be associated within a group of companies,
to take financial interests in such enterprises and to take any other action
which in the broadest sense of the term, may be related or contribute to the
aforesaid objects. 
SHARE CAPITAL. 
Article 3. 
3.1.       The authorized capital of the company amounts to two billion seven
           hundred and fifty million Dutch

<PAGE>

                                                                               2

           guilders (NLG 2,750,000,000) and is divided into two hundred million
           (200,000,000) shares of thirteenDutch guilders and seventy-five cents
           (NLG 13.75) each.
3.2.       The supervisory board shall have the power to issue shares and to
           determine the terms and conditions of such issue if and in so far as
           the supervisory board has been designated by the general meeting of
           shareholders as the authorized body for this purpose. A designation
           as referred to above shall only take place for a specific period of
           no more than five years and may not be extended by more than five
           years on each occasion.
3.3.       If a designation as referred to in the second paragraph is not in
           force, the general meeting of shareholders shall have the power, upon
           the proposal of and on the terms and conditions set by the
           supervisory board to resolve to issue shares.
3.4.       In the event of a share issue, shareholders shall have a pre-emptive
           right in proportion to the number of shares which they own,
           notwithstanding the provisions of the law. In respect of the issue of
           shares there shall be no pre-emptive right to shares issued against a
           contribution other than in cash or issued to employees of the company
           or of a group company. The supervisory board shall have the power to
           limit or debar the preferential right accruing to shareholders, if
           and in so far as the supervisory board has also been designated by
           the general meeting of shareholders for this purpose as the
           authorized body for the period of such designation. The provisions in
           the second sentence of the second paragraph shall equally apply.
3.5.       If a designation as referred to in the fourth paragraph is not in
           force, the general meeting of shareholders shall have the power, upon
           the proposal of the supervisory board to limit or debar the
           preferential

<PAGE>


                                                                               3

           right accruing to shareholders.
3.6.       A resolution of the general meeting of shareholders in accordance
           with the fourth or fifth paragraph of this article requires a
           majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast in a meeting of
           shareholders in which at least fifty per cent (50 %) of the issued
           capital is present or represented.
3.7.       Without prejudice to what has been provided in section 80, paragraph
           2, Civil Code:2, shares shall at no time be issued below par and be
           fully paid up upon issue.
3.8.       Payment must be made in cash to the extent that no other contribution
           has been agreed upon. If the company so allows, payment in cash can
           be made in a currency other than Dutch currency.
           In the event of payment in a foreign currency the obligation to pay 
           is for the amount which can be freely exchanged into Dutch currency. 
           The decisive factor is the rate of exchange on the day of payment, or
           as the case may be after application of the next sentence, on the day
           mentioned therein.
           The company can require payment at the rate of exchange on a certain 
           day within two months prior to the last day when payment shall have 
           to be made provided the shares or depositary receipts for shares 
           after having been issued - shall immediately be incorporated in the 
           price list of an exchange abroad.
3.9.       This article shall equally apply to the granting of rights to take
           shares, but shall not apply to the issue of shares to someone who
           exercises a previously acquired right to take shares.
3.10       All notifications to shareholders will be made in accordance with the
           provisions relating to giving of notice to convene a general meeting
           as set out in article 26.2.
Article 4.

<PAGE>


                                                                               4

4.1.       The company may acquire, for valuable consideration, shares in its
           own share capital if and in so far as:
           a.   its equity less the purchase price of these shares is not less
                than the aggregate amount of the paid up and called up capital
                and the reserves which must be maintained pursuant to the law;
           b.   the par value of the shares in its capital which the company
                acquires, holds or holds in pledge, or which are held by a
                subsidiary company, amounts to no more than one-tenth of the
                issued share capital; and
           c.   the general meeting of shareholders has authorized the managing
                board to acquire such shares, which authorization may be given
                for no more than eighteen months on each occasion,
           notwithstanding the further statutory provisions.
4.2.       Shares thus acquired may again be disposed of. The managing board
           shall not acquire shares in the company's own share capital as
           referred to above - if an authorization as referred to above is in
           force - or dispose of such shares without the prior approval of the
           supervisory board. 
           If depositary receipts for shares in the company have been issued,
           such depositary receipts shall for the application of the provisions
           of this paragraph and the preceding paragraph be treated as shares.
4.3.       In the general meeting no votes may be cast in respect of (a)
           share(s) held by the company or a subsidiary company; no votes may be
           cast in respect of a share the depositary receipt for which is held
           by the company or a subsidiary company. However, the holders of a
           right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge on shares held
           by the company and its subsidiary companies, are nonetheless not
           excluded from the right to vote such shares, if the right of usufruct
           or the right of pledge was granted prior to the time such

<PAGE>


                                                                               5

           share was held by the company or a subsidiary company. Neither the
           company nor a subsidiary company may cast votes in respect of a share
           on which it holds a right of usufruct or a right of pledge.
           Shares in respect of which voting rights may not be exercised by law
           or by the articles of association shall not be taken into account,
           when determining to what extent the shareholders cast votes, to what
           extent they are present or represented or to what extent the share
           capital is provided or represented.
4.4.       Upon the proposal of the supervisory board the general meeting of
           shareholders shall have the power to decide to cancel shares acquired
           by the company from its own share capital, subject however to the
           statutory provisions concerned.
SHARES, SHARE CERTIFICATES, SHARE REGISTER.
Article 5.
5.1.       Shares shall be in registered form.
5.2.       Shares shall be available:
           -    in the form of an entry in the share register without issue of a
                share certificate; shares of this type are referred to in these
                articles as type I shares;
           -    and - should the supervisory board so decide - in the form of an
                entry in the share register with issue of a certificate, which
                certificate shall consist of a main part without dividend
                coupon; shares of this type and share certificates of this type
                are referred to in these articles as type II shares.
5.3.       The supervisory board can decide that the registration of type I
           shares may only take place for one or more quantities of shares which
           quantities are to be specified by the supervisory board - at the same
           time.
5.4.       Type II share certificates shall be available in such

<PAGE>


                                                                               6

           denominations as the supervisory board shall determine.
5.5.       All share certificates shall be signed by or on behalf of a managing
           director; the signature may be effected by printed facsimile.
           Furthermore type II share certificates shall, and all other share
           certificates may, be countersigned by one or more persons designated
           by the managing board for that purpose.
5.6.       All share certificates shall be identified by numbers and/or letters.
5.7.       The supervisory board can determine that for the purpose of effecting
           trading or transfer of shares at foreign exchanges share certificates
           shall be issued in such form as the supervisory board may determine,
           complying with the requirements set by said foreign exchange(s) and
           not provided with any dividend sheet.
5.8.       The expression "share certificate" as used in these articles shall
           include a share certificate in respect of more than one share.
Article 6.
6.1.       Upon written request from a shareholder, missing or damaged share
           certificates, or parts thereof, may be replaced by new certificates
           or by duplicates bearing the same numbers and/or letters, provided
           the applicant proves his title and, in so far as applicable, his loss
           to the satisfaction of the supervisory board, and further subject to
           such conditions as the managing board may deem fit.
6.2.       In appropriate cases, at its own discretion, the managing board may
           stipulate that the identifying numbers and/or letters of missing
           documents be published three times, at intervals of at least one
           month, in at least three newspapers to be indicated by the managing
           board announcing the application made; in such a case new
           certificates or duplicates may not be issued until six months have
           expired since the last

<PAGE>


                                                                               7

           publication, always provided that the original documents have not
           been produced to the managing board before that time.
6.3.       The issue of new certificates or duplicates shall render the original
           document invalid.
Article 7.
7.1.       Notwithstanding the statutory provisions in respect of registered
           shares a register shall be kept by or on behalf of the company, which
           register shall be regularly updated and, at the discretion of the
           managing board, may, in whole or in part, be kept in more than one
           copy and at more than one place. A part of the register may be kept
           abroad in order to meet requirements set out by foreign statutory
           provisions or provisions of the foreign exchange.
7.2.       Each shareholder's name, his address and such further data as the
           managing board deems desirable, whether at the request of a
           shareholder or not, shall be entered in the register.
7.3.       The form and the contents of the share register shall be determined
           by the managing board with due regard to the provisions of paragraphs
           1 and 2 of this article. The managing board may determine that the
           records shall vary as to their form and contents according to whether
           they relate to type I shares or to type II shares.
7.4.       Upon request a shareholder shall be given free of charge a
           declaration of what is stated in the register with regard to the
           shares registered in his name, which declaration may be signed by one
           of the specially authorized persons to be appointed by the managing
           board for this purpose.
7.5.       The provisions of the last four paragraphs shall equally apply to
           those who hold a right of usufruct or of pledge on one or more
           registered shares, with the proviso that the other data required by
           law must be

<PAGE>


                                                                               8

           entered in the register.
Article 8.
8.1.       Subject to the provisions of article 5, the holder of an entry in the
           share register for one or more type I shares may, upon his request
           and at his option, have issued to him one or more type II share
           certificates for the same nominal amount.
8.2.       Subject to the provisions of article 5, the holder of a type II share
           certificate registered in his name may, after lodging the share
           certificate with the company, upon his request and at his option,
           either have one or more type I shares entered in the share register
           for the same nominal amount.
8.3.       A request as mentioned in this article shall, if the supervisory
           board so requires, be made on a form obtainable from the company free
           of charge, which shall be signed by the applicant.
TRANSFER OF SHARES.
Article 9.
9.1.       The transfer of a registered share shall be effected either by
           service upon the company of the instrument of transfer or by written
           acknowledgement of the transfer by the company, subject however to
           the provisions of the following paragraphs of this article.
9.2.       Where a transfer of a type II share is effected by service of an
           instrument of transfer on the company, the company shall, at the
           discretion of the managing board, either endorse the transfer on the
           share certificate or cancel the share certificate and issue to the
           transferee one or more new share certificates registered in his name
           to the same nominal amount.
9.3.       The Company's written acknowledgement of a transfer of a type II
           share shall, at the discretion of the managing board, be effected
           either by endorsement of the transfer on the share certificates or by
           the issue

<PAGE>


                                                                               9

           to the transferee of one or more new share certificates registered in
           his name to the same nominal amount.
9.4.       The provisions of the foregoing paragraphs of this article shall
           equally apply to the allotment of registered shares in the event of a
           judicial partition of any community of property or interests, the
           transfer of a registered share as a consequence of a judgement
           execution and the creation of limited rights in rem on a registered
           share.
           If a share certificate has been issued, the acknowledgement can only
           be effected either by putting an endorsement to that effect on this
           document, signed by or on behalf of the company, or by replacing this
           document by a new certificate in the name of the acquirer.
9.5.       The submission of requests and the lodging of documents referred to
           in articles 6 to 9 inclusive shall be made at a place to be indicated
           by the managing board and in any case the places where the company is
           admitted to a stock exchange. 
           Different places may be indicated for the different classes and types
           of shares and share certificates.
9.6.       The company is authorized to charge amounts to be determined by the
           managing board not exceeding cost price to those persons who request
           any services to be carried out by virtue of articles 6 up to and
           including 9.
USUFRUCTUARIES, PLEDGEES, HOLDERS OF DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS.
Article 10.
10.1.      The usufructuary, who in conformity with the provisions of section
           88, Civil Code:2 has no right to vote, and the pledgee who in
           conformity with the provisions of section 89, Civil Code:2 has no
           right to vote, shall not be entitled to the rights which by law have
           been conferred on holders of depositary receipts for shares

<PAGE>


                                                                              10

           issued with the cooperation of the company.
10.2.      Where in these articles of association persons are mentioned,
           entitled to attend meetings of shareholders, this shall include to
           holders of depositary receipts for shares issued with the cooperation
           of the company, and persons who in pursuance of paragraph 4 in
           section 88 or section 89, Civil Code:2 have the rights that by law
           have been conferred on holders of depositary receipts for shares
           issued with the cooperation of the company.
MANAGING BOARD.
Article 11.
11.1.      The company shall be managed by a managing board consisting of one or
           more managing directors under the supervision of the supervisory
           board. The number of members of the managing board shall be resolved
           upon by the general meeting of shareholders upon the proposal of the
           supervisory board. The members of the managing board shall be
           appointed for three years, a year being understood as meaning the
           period between two Annual General Meetings of Shareholders adopting
           the Accounts of the previous fiscal year or the meeting in which a
           postponement of this is granted.
11.2.      Managing directors shall be appointed by the general meeting of
           shareholders upon the proposal of the supervisory board for each
           vacancy to be filled.
11.3.      Without prejudice to the provisions of article 27, paragraph 2, a
           proposal to make one or more appointments to the managing board may
           be placed on the agenda of a general meeting of shareholders by the
           supervisory board.
11.4.      The supervisory board shall determine the salary, the bonus, if any,
           and the other terms and conditions of employment of the managing
           directors.
11.5.      The general meeting of shareholders shall decide in

<PAGE>


                                                                              11

                accordance with the provisions of article 31,
                paragraph 1.
           Votes in respect of persons who have not been so nominated shall be
           invalid.
Article 12.
12.1.      The general meeting of shareholders shall be entitled to suspend or
           dismiss one or more managing directors, provided that at least half
           of the issued share capital is represented at the meeting. No such
           quorum shall be required where the suspension or dismissal is
           proposed by the supervisory board.
12.2.      Where a quorum under paragraph 1 is required but is not present, a
           further meeting shall be convened, to be held within four weeks after
           the first meeting, which shall be entitled, irrespective of the share
           capital represented, to pass a resolution in regard to the suspension
           or dismissal.
12.3.      The managing directors can be jointly or individually suspended by
           the supervisory board. After suspension a general meeting of
           shareholders shall be convened within three months, at which meeting
           it shall be decided whether the suspension shall be cancelled or
           maintained.
           The person involved shall be given the opportunity to account for 
           his actions at that meeting.
REPRESENTATION.
Article 13.
13.1.      The entire managing board as well as each managing director may
           represent the company.
13.2.      The managing board may grant powers of attorney to persons, whether
           or not in the service of the company, to represent the company and
           shall thereby determine the scope of such powers of attorney and the
           titles of such persons.
13.3.      The managing board shall have power to perform legal

<PAGE>


                                                                              12

           acts as specified in section 2:94, paragraph 1, Civil Code in so far
           as such power is not expressly excluded or limited by any provision
           of these articles or by any resolution of the supervisory board.
Article 14.
14.1.      The supervisory board shall appoint one of the managing directors as
           chairman of the managing board. Appointment of the chairman shall be
           resolved with the majority mentioned in article 21, paragraph 1.
14.2.      Resolutions of the managing board shall be passed by simple majority
           of votes. In the event of a tie of votes the chairman of the managing
           board shall have a casting vote.
Article 15.
15.1.      Without prejudice to provisions made elsewhere in these articles, the
           managing board shall require the prior express approval:
           (i)    From the supervisory board for decisions relating to:
                  1. all proposals to be submitted to a vote at the general 
                  meeting of the shareholders;
                  2. the formation of all companies, acquisition or sale of any
                  participation, and conclusion of any cooperation and 
                  participation agreement;
                  3. all pluriannual plans of the company and the budget for 
                  the first coming year, covering the following matters:
                  -    investment policy;
                  -    policy regarding research and development, as well as 
                       commercial policy and objectives; 
                  -    general financial policy; 
                  -    policy regarding personnel; 
                  4. all acts, decisions or operations covered by the above list
                  and constituting a significant change with respect to 
                  decisions already adopted

<PAGE>


                                                                              13

                    by the supervisory board or not provided for in the above
                    list and as specifically laid down by the supervisory board
                    by resolution passed by it to that effect.
           (ii)     From the general meeting of the shareholders for
                    decisions relating to:
                    -    sale of all or of an important part of the
                         company's assets or concerns;
                    -    all mergers, acquisitions, or joint ventures
                         which the company wishes to make.
           The absence of the approval provided for above may not be raised by 
           or against third parties.
15.2.      Without prejudice to provisions made elsewhere in these articles, the
           managing board shall require the approval of the general meeting of
           shareholders according to the law and the provisions of these
           articles as well as such resolutions as are clearly defined by a
           resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to that effect.
Article 16.
In the event of the absence or inability to act of one of more managing
directors the remaining managing directors or managing director shall
temporarily be responsible for the entire management. In the event of the
absence or inability to act of all managing directors, one or more persons
appointed by the supervisory board for this purpose at any time shall be
temporarily responsible for the management.
SUPERVISORY BOARD.
Article 17.
17.1.      The supervisory board shall be responsible for supervising the policy
           pursued by the managing board and the general course of affairs of
           the company and the business enterprise which it operates. The
           supervisory board shall assist the managing board with advice
           relating to the general policy aspects connected with the activities
           of the company. In fulfilling their

<PAGE>


                                                                              14

           duties the supervisory directors shall serve the interests of the
           company and the business enterprise which it operates.
17.2.      The managing board shall provide the supervisory board in good time
           with all relevant information as well as the information the
           supervisory board requests, in connection with the exercise of its
           duties.
Article 18.
18.1.      The supervisory board shall consist of at least six members, to be
           appointed by the general meeting of shareholders upon the proposal of
           the supervisory board for each vacancy to be filled. The number of
           supervisory directors shall without prejudice to the preceding
           sentence be resolved upon by the general meeting of shareholders upon
           the proposal of the supervisory board.
18.2.      The general meeting of shareholders shall decide in accordance with
           the provisions of article 31 paragraph 1.
18.3.      Without prejudice to the provisions of article 27, paragraph 2, a
           proposal to make one or more appointments to the supervisory board
           may be placed on the agenda of the general meeting of shareholders by
           the supervisory board.
18.4.      The supervisory board shall appoint from their number a chairman and
           a vice-chairman of the supervisory board with the majority mentioned
           in article 21, paragraph 1.
18.5.      Upon the appointment of the supervisory directors the particulars as
           referred to in section 142, paragraph 3, Civil Code:2 shall be made
           available for prior inspection.
Article 19.
19.1.      The supervisory board may appoint one or more of its members as
           delegate supervisory director in charge of supervising the managing
           board on a regular basis. They

<PAGE>


                                                                              15

           shall report their findings to the supervisory board. The offices of
           chairman of the supervisory board and delegate supervisory director
           are compatible.
19.2.      With due observance of these articles of association, the supervisory
           board may adopt rules regulating the division of its duties among its
           various supervisory directors.
19.3.      The supervisory board may decide that one or more of its members
           shall have access to all premises of the company and shall be
           authorized to examine all books, correspondence and other records and
           to be fully informed of all actions which have taken place, or may
           decide that one or more of its supervisory directors shall be
           authorized to exercise a portion of such powers.
19.4.      At the expense of the company, the supervisory board may obtain such
           advice from experts as the supervisory board deems desirable for the
           proper fulfilment of its duties.
19.5.      If there is only one supervisory director in office, such supervisory
           director shall have all rights and obligations granted to and imposed
           on the supervisory board and the chairman of the supervisory board by
           law and by these articles of association.
Article 20.
20.1.      A supervisory director shall retire no later than at the ordinary
           general meeting of shareholders held after a period of three years
           following his appointment. A retired supervisory director may
           immediately be re-elected.
20.2.      A supervisory director shall retire at the annual general meeting of
           the year in which he reaches the age prescribed by law for retirement
           of a supervisory director.
 20.3.     The supervisory board may establish a rotation

<PAGE>


                                                                              16

           scheme.
20.4.      The supervisory directors may be suspended or dismissed by the
           general meeting of shareholders. The supervisory board may make a
           proposal to the general meeting of shareholders for the suspension or
           dismissal of one or more of its supervisory directors.
Article 21.
21.1.      The supervisory board may pass resolutions by at least three quarters
           of the votes of the members in office. Each supervisory director has
           the right to cast one vote. In case of absence a supervisory director
           may issue a proxy, however, only to another supervisory director. The
           proxy should explicitly indicate in which way the vote must be cast.
           The supervisory board may pass resolutions in writing without holding
           a meeting provided that the proposals for such resolutions have been
           communicated in writing to all supervisory directors and no
           supervisory director is opposed to this method of passing a
           resolution.
21.2.      A certificate signed by two supervisory directors to the effect that
           the supervisory board has passed a particular resolution shall
           constitute evidence of such a resolution in dealings with third
           parties.
21.3.      The managing directors shall attend meetings of the supervisory board
           at the latter's request.
21.4.      The supervisory board shall meet whenever two or more of its members
           or the managing board so requests. Meetings of the supervisory board
           shall be convened by the chairman of the supervisory board, either on
           request of two or more supervisory directors or on request of the
           managing board, or by the supervisory directors requesting the
           meeting to be held. If the chairman fails to convene a meeting to be
           held within four weeks of the receipt of the request, the supervisory
           board members making the request are

<PAGE>


                                                                              17

           entitled to convene the meeting.
21.5.      The supervisory board shall draw up standing orders regulating inter
           alia the manner of convening board meetings and the internal
           procedure at such meetings. These meetings may be held by telephone
           as well as by video. 
Article 22. 
           The General Meeting of the Shareholders determines the compensation
           to the members of the Supervisory Board or to one or more of its
           members. The meeting shall have authority to decide whether such
           compensation will consist of a fixed amount and/or an amount that is
           variable in proportion to profits or any other factor. The
           Supervisory Board members shall be reimbursed for their expenses.
INDEMNIFICATION. 
Article 23. 
23.1.      The company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
           threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
           action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
           or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
           company) by reason of the fact that he is or was a supervisory
           director, managing director, officer or agent of the company, or was
           serving at the request of the company as a supervisory director,
           managing director, officer or agent of another company, a
           partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all
           expenses (including attorneys' fees) judgments, fines and amounts
           paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in
           connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good
           faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed
           to the best interests of the company, and, with respect to any
           criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his
           conduct was

<PAGE>


                                                                              18

           unlawful or out of his mandate. The termination of any action, suit
           or proceeding by a judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a
           plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself,
           create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and
           not in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed
           to the best interests of the company, and, with respect to any
           criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that
           his conduct was unlawful.
23.2.      The company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
           threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
           action or proceeding by or in the right of the company to procure a
           judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that he is or was a
           supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of the
           company, or is or was serving at the request of the company as a
           supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of another
           company, a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
           against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
           incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such
           action or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
           reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
           the company and except that no indemnification shall be made in
           respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall
           have been adjudged to be liable for gross negligence or wilful
           misconduct in the performance of his duty to the company, unless and
           only to the extent that the court in which such action or proceeding
           was brought or any other court having appropriate jurisdiction shall
           determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
           liability but in view of all the

<PAGE>


                                                                              19

           circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably
           entitled to indemnification against such expenses which the court in
           which such action or proceeding was brought or such other court
           having appropriate jurisdiction shall deem proper.
23.3.      To the extent that a supervisory director, managing director, officer
           or agent of the company has been successful on the merits or
           otherwise in defense of any action, suit of proceeding, referred to
           in paragraphs 1 and 2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter
           therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including
           attorney's fees) actually and reasonable incurred by him in
           connection therewith.
23.4.      Any indemnification by the company referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2
           shall (unless ordered by a court) only be made upon a determination
           that indemnification of the supervisory director, managing director,
           officer or agent is proper in the circumstances because he had met
           the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs 1 and 2.
           Such determination shall be made:
           a.   either by the supervisory board by a majority vote in a meeting
                in which a quorum as mentioned in article 21, paragraph 1, and
                consisting of supervisory directors who where not parties to
                such action, suit or proceeding, is present;
           b.   or, if such a quorum is not obtainable or although such a quorum
                is obtained if the majority passes a resolution to that effect,
                by independent legal counsel in a written opinion;
           c.   or by the general meeting of shareholders.
23.5.      Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or
           proceeding may be paid by the company in advance of the final
           disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon a resolution of
           the supervisory board with respect to the specific case upon receipt
           of

<PAGE>


                                                                              20

           an undertaking by or on behalf of the supervisory director, managing
           director, officer or agent to repay such amount unless it shall
           ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the
           company as authorized in this article.
23.6.      The indemnification provided for by this article shall not be deemed
           exclusive of any other right to which a person seeking
           indemnification may be entitled under any by-laws, agreement,
           resolution of the general meeting of shareholders or of the
           disinterested supervisory directors or otherwise, both as to actions
           in his official capacity and as to actions in another capacity while
           holding such position, and shall continue as to a person who has
           ceased to be a supervisory director, managing director, officer or
           agent and shall also inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
           administrators of such a person.
23.7.      The company shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance
           on behalf of any person who is or was a supervisory director,
           managing director, officer or agent of the company, or is or was
           serving at the request of the company as a supervisory director,
           managing director, officer, employee or agent of another company, a
           partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any
           liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such
           capacity or arising out of his capacity as such, whether or not the
           company would have the power to indemnify him against such liability
           under the provisions of this article.
23.8.      Whenever in this article reference is being made to the company, this
           shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving company also
           any constituent company (including any constituent company of a
           constituent company) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if
           its separate existence had continued,

<PAGE>


                                                                              21

           would have had the power to indemnify its supervisory directors,
           managing directors, officers and agents, so that any person who is or
           was a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of
           such constituent company, or is or was serving at the request of such
           constituent company as a supervisory director, managing director,
           officer or agent of another company, a partnership, joint venture,
           trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the
           provisions of this article with respect to the resulting or surviving
           company as he would have with respect to such constituent company if
           its separate existence had continued.
GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS.
Article 24.
24.1.      The ordinary general meeting of shareholders shall be held each year
           within six months after the close of the financial year.
24.2.      At this general meeting shall be dealt with:
           a.   the written report of the managing board on the course of
                business of the company and the conduct of its affairs during
                the past financial year, and the report of the supervisory board
                on the annual accounts;
           b.   adoption of the annual accounts and the declaration of dividend
                in the manner laid down in article 35;
           c.   filling vacancies on the managing board in accordance with the
                provisions of article 11;
           d.   filling vacancies on the supervisory board in accordance with
                the provisions of article 18;
           e.   the proposals placed on the agenda by the managing board or by
                the supervisory board, together with proposals made by
                shareholders in accordance with the provisions of these
                articles.
Article 25.

<PAGE>


                                                                              22

25.1.      Extraordinary general meetings of shareholders shall be held as often
           as deemed necessary by the supervisory board and shall be held if one
           or more shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the
           meetings of shareholders jointly representing at least one-tenth of
           the issued share capital make a written request to that effect to the
           managing board or supervisory board, specifying in detail the
           business to be dealt with.
25.2.      If the managing board or supervisory board fail to comply with a
           request under paragraph 1 above in such manner that the general
           meeting of shareholders can be held within six weeks after the
           request, the persons making the request may be authorized by the
           President of the Court within whose jurisdiction the company is
           established to convene the meeting themselves.
Article 26.
26.1.      General meetings of shareholders shall be held at Amsterdam,
           Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport), Rotterdam or The Hague; the notice
           convening the meeting shall inform the shareholders and other persons
           entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders accordingly.
26.2.      The notice convening a general meeting of shareholders shall be
           published by advertisement which shall at least be published in a
           national daily newspaper and abroad in at least one daily newspaper
           appearing in each of these countries other than the United States,
           where, on the application of the company, the shares have been
           admitted for official quotation. In addition, holders of registered
           shares shall be notified by letter that the meeting is being
           convened.
26.3.      The notice  convening  the  meeting  shall be issued by the  managing
           board, by the supervisory  board or by those who according to the law
           or these articles are entitled thereto.

<PAGE>


                                                                              23

Article 27.
27.1.      The notice convening the meeting referred to in the foregoing article
           shall be issued no later than on the twenty-first day prior to the
           meeting.
27.2.      The agenda shall contain such business as may be placed thereon by
           the person(s) entitled to convene the meeting, and furthermore such
           business as one or more shareholders, representing at least one-tenth
           of the issued share capital, have requested the managing board or
           supervisory board to place on the agenda at least five days before
           the date on which the meeting is convened. Nominations for
           appointment to the managing board and the supervisory board cannot be
           placed on the agenda by the managing board. No resolution shall be
           passed at the meeting in respect of matters not on the agenda.
27.3.      Without prejudice to the relevant provisions of law, dealing with
           withdrawal of shares and amendments to articles of association, the
           notice convening the meeting shall either mention the business on the
           agenda or state that the agenda is open to inspection by the
           shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of
           shareholders at the office of the company.
Article 28.
28.1.      General meetings of shareholders shall be presided over by the
           chairman of the supervisory board or in his absence by the
           vice-chairman of the supervisory board. In case of absence of the
           chairman and the vice-chairman of the supervisory board the meeting
           shall be presided by any other person nominated by the supervisory
           board.
28.2.      Minutes shall be kept of the business transacted at a general meeting
           of shareholders, which minutes shall be drawn up and signed by the
           chairman and by a person appointed by him immediately after the
           opening of the

<PAGE>


                                                                              24

           meeting.
28.3.      Where the minutes are drawn up before a civil law notary, the
           chairman's signature, together with that of the civil law notary,
           shall be sufficient.
Article 29.
29.1.      All shareholders and other persons entitled to vote at general
           meetings of shareholders are entitled to attend the general meetings
           of shareholders, to address the general meeting of shareholders and
           to vote. The general meeting of shareholders may lay down rules
           regulating, inter alia, the length of time for which shareholders may
           speak. In so far as such rules are not applicable, the chairman may
           regulate the time for which shareholders may speak if he considers
           this to be desirable with a view to the orderly conduct of the
           meeting.
29.2.      In order to exercise the rights mentioned in paragraph 1, the holders
           of registered shares shall notify the company in writing of their
           intention to do so no later than on the day and at the place
           mentioned in the notice convening the meeting, and also - in so far
           as type II shares are concerned - stating the serial number of the
           shares certificate.
           They may only exercise the said rights at the meeting for the shares
           registered in their name both on the day referred to above and on the
           day of the meeting.
29.3.      The company shall send a card of admission to the meeting to holders
           of registered shares who have notified the company of their intention
           in accordance with the provision in the foregoing paragraph.
29.4.      The provisions laid down in paragraphs 2 up to and including 4 are
           mutatis mutandis applicable to shares from which usufructuaries and
           pledgees who do not have the voting right attached to those shares
           derive their rights.

<PAGE>


                                                                              25

Article 30.
30.1.      Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings of
           shareholders may be represented by proxies with written authority to
           be shown for admittance to a meeting.
30.2.      All matters regarding the admittance to the general meeting, the
           exercise of voting rights and the result of votings, as well as any
           other matters regarding the affairs at the general meeting shall be
           decided upon by the chairman of that meeting, with due observance of
           the provisions of section 13, Civil Code:2.
Article 31.
31.1.      Unless otherwise stated in these articles, resolutions shall be
           adopted by simple majority of votes of the shareholders having the
           right to vote in a meeting of shareholders where at least fifty
           percent (50%) of the issued capital is present or represented. Blank
           and invalid votes shall not be counted. The chairman shall decide on
           the method of voting and on the possibility of voting by acclamation.
31.2.      Where the voting concerns appointments, further polls shall, if
           necessary, be taken until one of the nominees has obtained a simple
           majority, such with due observance of the provision of paragraph 1 of
           this article. The further poll or polls may, at the chairman's
           discretion, be taken at a subsequent meeting.
31.3.      Except as provided in paragraph 2, in case of an equality of the
           votes cast the relevant proposal shall be deemed to have been
           rejected.
Article 32.
At the general meeting of shareholders each share shall confer the right to cast
one vote.
ANNUAL ACCOUNTS, REPORT OF THE BOARD OF MANAGEMENT AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

<PAGE>


                                                                              26

Article 33.
33.1.      The financial year shall run from the first day of January up to and
           including the thirty-first day of December.
33.2.      Each year the managing board shall cause annual accounts to be drawn
           up, consisting of a balance sheet as at the thirty-first day of
           December, of the preceding year and a profit and loss account in
           respect of the preceding financial year with the explanatory notes
           thereto.
33.3.      The managing board shall be bound to draw up the aforesaid annual
           accounts in accordance with established principles of business
           management.
33.4.      Upon proposal of the managing board, the supervisory board shall
           determine what portion of the profit - the positive balance of the
           profit and loss account - shall be retained by way of reserve, having
           regard to the legal provisions relating to obligatory reserves.
33.5.      The supervisory board shall cause the annual accounts to be examined
           by one or more registered accountant(s) designated for the purposes
           by the general meeting of shareholders or other experts designated
           for the purpose in accordance with section 393, Civil Code:2, and
           shall report to the general meeting of shareholders on the annual
           accounts, notwithstanding the provisions of the law.
33.6.      Copies of the annual accounts which have been made up, of the report
           of the supervisory board, of the report of the managing board and of
           the information to be added pursuant to the law shall be deposited
           for inspection by shareholders and other persons entitled to attend
           meetings of shareholders, at the office of the company as from the
           date of serving the notice convening the general meeting of
           shareholders at which meeting those items shall be discussed, until
           the close

<PAGE>


                                                                              27

           thereof.
Article 34.
Adoption by the general meeting of shareholders of the annual accounts, referred
to in article 33, shall fully discharge the managing board and the supervisory
board from liability in respect of the exercise of their duties during the
financial year concerned, unless a proviso is made by the general meeting of
shareholders, and without prejudice to the provisions of sections 138 and 149,
Civil Code:2. 
Article 35. 
35.1.      The portion of the profit that remains after application of article
           33, paragraph 4, shall be at the disposal of the general meeting of
           shareholders, with due observance of the provisions of article 36,
           paragraph 2.
35.2.      The general meeting of shareholders is empowered either to distribute
           the profits in cash or in kind or to withhold distribution of the
           said portion of the profit in whole or in part.
35.3.      The company only makes distributions in so far as its own equity
           exceeds the amount of paid up and called portion of the share
           capital, plus the reserves that must be maintained pursuant to the
           law.
Article 36.
36.1.      Upon the proposal of the supervisory board, the general meeting of
           shareholders shall be entitled to resolve to make distributions
           charged to the share premium reserve or charged to the other reserves
           shown in the annual accounts not prescribed by the law, with due
           observance of the provisions of paragraph 2.
36.2.      The supervisory board shall be entitled to resolve that
           distributions, the amount of which distributions has been resolved
           upon by the general meeting of shareholders, to shareholders under
           article 35, article 36, paragraph 1, and article 37 may be made in
           full or

<PAGE>


                                                                              28

           partially in the form of the issue of shares in the share capital of
           the company. 
           The distribution to a shareholder according to the preceding sentence
           shall be made to a shareholder in cash or in the form of shares in
           the share capital of the company, or partially in cash and partially
           in the form of shares in the share capital of the company, such, if
           the supervisory board so resolves, at the option of the shareholders.
Article 37.
At its own discretion and subject to section 105, paragraph 4, Civil Code:2, the
supervisory board may resolve to distribute one or more interim dividends on the
shares before the annual accounts for any financial year have been approved and
adopted at a general meeting of shareholders. 
Article 38. 
38.1.      Distributions under articles 35, 36 or 37 shall be payable as from a
           date to be determined by the supervisory board. The date of payment
           set in respect of shares for which certificates are outstanding or in
           respect of type I shares may differ from the date of payment set in
           respect of shares for which type II share certificates are
           outstanding.
38.2.      Distributions under articles 35, 36 or 37 shall be made payable at a
           place or places, to be determined by the supervisory board; at least
           one place shall be designated thereto in The Netherlands.
38.3.      The supervisory board may determine the method of payment in respect
           of cash distributions on type I shares.
38.4.      Cash distributions under articles 35, 36 or 37 in respect of shares
           for which a type II share certificate is outstanding shall, if such
           distributions are made payable only outside the Netherlands, be paid
           in the currency of a country where the shares of the company

<PAGE>


                                                                              29

           are listed on a stock exchange, converted at the rate of exchange
           determined by the Dutch Central Bank at the close of business on a
           day to be fixed for that purpose by the supervisory board. If and in
           so far as on the first day on which a distribution is payable, the
           company is unable, in consequence of governmental action or other
           exceptional circumstances beyond its control, to make payment at the
           place designated outside the Netherlands or in the relevant foreign
           currency, the supervisory board may in that event designate one or
           more places in the Netherlands instead. In such event the provisions
           of the first sentence of this paragraph shall no longer apply.
38.5.      The person entitled to a distribution under articles 35, 36 or 37 on
           registered shares shall be the person in whose name the share is
           registered at the date to be fixed for that purpose by the
           supervisory board in respect of each distribution for the different
           types of shares.
38.6.      Notice of distributions and of the dates and places referred to in
           the preceding paragraphs of this article shall at least be published
           in a national daily newspaper and abroad in at least one daily
           newspaper appearing in each of those countries other than the United
           States, where the shares, on the application of the company, have
           been admitted for official quotation, and further in such manner as
           the supervisory board may deem desirable.
38.7.      Distributions in cash under articles 35, 36 or 37 that have not been
           collected within five years after they have become due and payable
           shall revert to the Company.
38.8.      In the case of a distribution under article 36, paragraph 2, any
           shares in the company not claimed within a period to be determined by
           the supervisory

<PAGE>


                                                                              30

           board shall be sold for the account of the persons entitled to the
           distribution who failed to claim the shares. The period and manner of
           sale to be determined by the supervisory board, as mentioned in the
           preceding sentence, shall be notified according to paragraph 9. The
           net proceeds of such sale shall thereafter be held at the disposal of
           the above persons in proportion to their entitlement; distributions
           that have not been collected within five years after the initial
           distributions in shares have become due and payable shall revert to
           the Company.
38.9.      In the case of a distribution in the form of shares in the company
           under article 36, paragraph 2, on registered shares, those shares
           shall be added to the share register. A type II share certificate for
           a nominal amount equal to the number of shares added to the register
           shall be issued to holders of type II shares.
38.10.     The provisions of paragraph 5 shall apply equally in respect of
           distributions - including pre-emptive subscription rights in the
           event of a share issue made otherwise than under articles 35, 36 or
           37, provided that in addition thereto in the "Staatscourant" (Dutch
           Official Gazette) shall be announced the issue of shares with a
           pre-emptive subscription right and the period of time within which
           such can be exercised.
           Such pre-emptive subscription right can be executed during at least
           two weeks after the day of notice in the "Staatscourant" (Dutch
           Official Gazette).
ALTERATIONS TO ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION, WINDING UP,
LIQUIDATION.
Article 39.
A resolution to alter the articles of association or to wind up the company
shall be valid only provided that:

<PAGE>


                                                                              31

           a.   the proposal to such a resolution has been proposed to the
                general meeting of shareholders by the supervisory board;
           b.   the full proposals have been deposited for inspection by
                shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings of
                shareholders, at the office of the company as from the day on
                which the notice is served until the close of that meeting.
Article 40.
40.1.      If the company is wound up, the liquidation shall be carried out by
           any person designated for the purpose by the general meeting of
           shareholders, under the supervision of the supervisory board.
40.2.      In passing a resolution to wind up the company, the general meeting
           of shareholders shall upon the proposal of the supervisory board fix
           the remuneration payable to the liquidators and to those responsible
           for supervising the liquidation.
40.3.      The liquidation shall take place with due observance of the
           provisions of the law. During the liquidation period these articles
           of association shall, to the extent possible, remain in full force
           and effect.
40.4.      After settling the liquidation, the liquidators shall render account
           in accordance with the provisions of the law.
40.5.      After the liquidation has ended, the books and records of the company
           shall remain in the custody of the person designated for that purpose
           by the liquidators during a ten-year period.
Article 41.
After all liabilities have been settled, including those incident to the
liquidation, the balance shall then be distributed among the shareholders in
proportion to the par value of their ownership of shares. 
Article 42.

<PAGE>


                                                                              32
Any amounts payable to shareholders or due to creditors are not claimed within
six months after the last distribution was made payable, shall be deposited with
the Public Administrator of Unclaimed Debts.



                                             SGS-THOMSON
                                             MICROELECTRONICS





                                   [GRAPHIC]              1995 ANNUAL REPORT

<PAGE>
SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics N.V. is a global independent semiconductor company
that  produces a broad  range of  semiconductor  integrated  circuits  (ICs) and
discrete  devices.  Its  products  are used in high growth  applications  in the
telecommunications, computer, consumer, automotive and industrial sectors. Based
on the most recent  available  industry data, the Company is the world's leading
supplier of analog ICs,  mixed signal ICs, smart power ICs and MPEG decoder ICs.
It serves customers in a variety of markets worldwide,  including North America,
Europe, Asia Pacific and Japan. The common stock of SGS-THOMSON is traded on the
New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "STM".  The common stock is also listed
on the Bourse de Paris and quoted on SEAQ International.









CONTENTS

Financial Highlights  1
Message from the President  2
Product Groups At a Glance  5
High Growth Applications
  Automotive  8
  Computer  10
  Telecommunications  12
  Consumer  14
  Industrial  16
Manufacturing  18
Research and Development  22
Customer Relationships and Alliances  23
Financial Report  24
Supervisory Board and Executive Officers  56
Corporate Information  56

<PAGE>
Financial Highlights                           SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Twelve months ended December 31,
                                                     --------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions, except per share data)                  1991(1)         1992          1993(1)        1994(1)        1995(1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
NET REVENUES                                         $1,374.0       $1,568.1       $2,037.5       $2,644.9       $3,554.4
Cost of sales(2)                                       (995.2)      (1,051.6)      (1,248.4)      (1,528.7)      (2,096.0)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit(2)                                         378.8          516.5          789.1        1,116.2        1,458.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES(3)                            (410.7)        (464.7)        (573.6)        (683.2)        (807.4)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating profit (loss)                                 (31.9)          51.8          215.5          433.0          651.0
Net interest expenses/other(4)                          (68.2)         (46.5)         (37.8)         (21.0)         (16.8)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFIT (LOSS) BEFORE TAX                               (100.1)           5.3          177.7          412.0          634.2
Income tax                                               (2.5)          (2.3)         (17.6)         (49.5)        (108.3)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profit (loss) before minority interests                (102.6)           3.0          160.1          362.5          525.9
Minority interests(5)                                       0              0              0              0            0.6
Net earnings (loss)                                  $ (102.6)      $    3.0       $  160.1       $  362.5       $  526.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) per share(6)                     $  (1.93)      $   0.06       $   1.92       $   3.04       $   4.03
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighed average shares outstanding                       53.3           53.6           83.5          119.4          130.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities     $   48.4       $   99.5       $  327.4       $  461.5       $  758.4
Working capital                                         549.7          467.7          390.0          291.1          417.4
TOTAL ASSETS                                          1,896.5        1,842.3        2,240.9        3,224.7        4,486.0
Short-term debt
  (including current portion of long-term debt)         340.8          360.6          231.1          322.5          492.8
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)(1)           612.6          547.6          374.8          277.2          200.7
Shareholders' equity(1)                                 479.9          412.9        1,004.0        1,680.0        2,661.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)      In October 1995, the Company completed a second public offering with
         net proceeds to the Company of approximately $371.6 million. In
         December 1994, the Company completed an Initial Public Offering with
         net proceeds to the Company of approximately $198.7 million. In 1993,
         the Company received a $500 million capital contribution that was
         effected in two steps, $250 million in May and $250 million in
         September. The Company also received a $100 million capital
         contribution in each of 1988, 1989 and 1991.

(2)      Cost of sales is net of certain third-party funding for
         industrialization costs (which include certain costs incurred to bring
         prototype products to the production stage) included therein. See Note
         20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of
         certain significant charges reflected in cost of sales in 1993, 1994
         and 1995, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
         Condition and Results of Operations--Results of Operations."

(3)      Includes, among other things, third-party funding for research and
         development, the expenses for which are reflected in research and
         development expenses, as well as foreign currency gains and losses, fab
         start-up costs, patent license payments received and patent costs
         incurred. For a discussion of third-party funding (principally by the
         French and Italian governments) and low interest financing for research
         and development and other matters, see "Description of Business--State
         Support for the Semiconductor Industry." The Company's reported
         research and development expenses do not include design center, process
         engineering, pre-production or industrialization costs.

(4)      Includes mainly net interest expenses, plus a gain on disposal of an
         investment in 1992.

(5)      In 1994,  the Company  created a joint venture with a subsidiary of the
         Shenzhen  Electronics Group ("SEG"). the Company owns a 60% interest in
         the joint venture, with a subsidiary of SEG owning the remaining 40%.

(6)      Net earnings  (loss) per share  amounts have been restated to reflect a
         40:1  stock  split  effected  in  connection  with the  Initial  Public
         Offering.

In the original document the following tables were represented by bar graphs:

Net Revenues (in $US millions)
- ------------------------------
1991  -  1,374
1992  -  1,568
1993  -  2,038
1994  -  2,645
1995  -  3,554

Net Earnings/Loss (in $US millions)
- -----------------------------------
1991  -  (102.6)
1992  -       3.0
1993  -   160.1
1994  -   362.5
1995  -   526.5

Shareholders' Equity ($US millions)
- -----------------------------------
1991  -    479.9
1992  -    412.9
1993  -  1,004.0
1994  -  1,680.0
1995  -  2,661.7

                                       1

<PAGE>
                           MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT

- - We took major steps to ensure our continued industry leadership into the next
                                    century. -

                                    [PHOTO]

I am pleased to report that SGS-THOMSON enjoyed excellent business and financial
results  in 1995.  Our  strong  performance  is  evident,  first of all,  in the
Company's record sales and earnings.  In addition, we gained market share in our
served market, according to preliminary industry estimates. Just as important as
our accomplishments of the past year,  however,  are the steps we took to ensure
our continued industry leadership as we approach a new century. Toward that end,
we continued to invest in the  expansion of our global  manufacturing  capacity,
accelerated the pace of our research and development  efforts,  and strengthened
our financial  position through a second public offering of common stock.  These
initiatives  --  along  with  our  continuing  drive to  increase  our  focus on
differentiated  products,  concentrate  on high  growth  applications,  and form
constructive  partnerships  with our customers -- have given the Company a solid
platform for new achievements and successes.

1995 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Net revenues for 1995 increased over 34% to a historical  high of $3.55 billion.
Gross  profit  was $1.46  billion,  representing  an  increase  of  nearly  31%.
Operating profit for 1995 rose more than 50%, to $651.0 million. While the gross
profit  margin went from 42.2% in 1994 to 41.0% in 1995,  the  operating  profit
margin  moved upward to 18.3% from 16.4%.  Net earnings for 1995 reached  $526.5
million, a 45% increase over 1994's figure of $362.5 million. Earnings per share
for 1995 rose almost  33%, to $4.03,  based on 130.6  million  weighted  average
shares  outstanding.  In 1994,  earnings  per share  were  $3.04  based on 119.4
million weighted average shares outstanding.

         Reflecting our  commitment to investing in the continued  growth of the
Company,  capital  expenditures  for 1995 totalled $1.0 billion,  up from $779.7
million in 1994.  Research and development  expenses were $440.3 million for the
last year, an increase of over 30% from the 1994 R&D figure.

         We ended 1995 with an extremely  solid balance sheet. At the end of the
year, cash, cash equivalents and marketable  securities totalled $758.4 million,
exceeding  by $64.9  million  our total debt of $693.5  million,  while  working
capital stood at $417.4 million.  Shareholders'  equity at December 31, 1995 was
$2.66 billion.

OPERATING PERFORMANCE

Our record performance was the result of strong growth across SGS-THOMSON's wide
range of product groups, geographic regions and end markets. In keeping with our
successful product strategy, sales of differentiated products  (dedicated/ASSPs,
semicustom ICs and microcontrollers) during 1995 rose 43% to total $1.8 billion,
or 51% of net  revenues.  The strong growth in  differentiated  products was the
result of rising customer demand, especially for chips with high system content,
to which we allocated significant


                                       2

<PAGE>
capacity.  In terms of our primary product groups,  sales of Dedicated  Products
rose 38.9%, Programmable Products increased 40.4%, and Discrete and Standard ICs
advanced 31.7%.  Memory Products  revenues were up 15%,  despite the limitations
caused by our decision to allocate capacity to differentiated products for which
we were often the sole source.

         Sales trends by geographic  region  confirmed the Company's status as a
global  force in the  semiconductor  industry.  Revenues  derived  from the Asia
Pacific  region  increased  49.8% in 1995,  followed  by Europe at 33.5%,  North
America at 25.7%, and Japan with 15.4%. In 1995, Europe accounted for 46% of net
revenues, Asia/Pacific was 26%, the Americas were 24%, and Japan represented 4%.
However,  if sales to Asian divisions of U.S.  customers are combined with their
parent companies,  our American revenues would be approximately one-third of our
total business.

         The Company's  emphasis on developing  and  manufacturing  products for
high growth applications was rewarded in 1995. Sales of industrial products rose
nearly  37%,  with a  similar  rate of  increase  for  telecommunications.  Both
automotive and computer  applications  experienced revenue increases in the area
of 36%. Consumer-related products posted a 28% growth rate.

         One  important  result of our strong  growth in product  sales was that
SGS-THOMSON  maintained  or  increased  its  share  in many of our key  markets.
According to available industry data and current  estimates,  we believe that we
once again held the #1 position in total analog ICs,  mixed-signal ICs and smart
power ICs for 1995. We also were among the leaders in non-volatile  memories and
dedicated telecom ICs.

MANUFACTURING AND R&D ACTIVITIES

During 1995, we continued to build up SGS-THOMSON's  manufacturing  capacity. We
announced plans for a fourth 8-inch fab, to be based in Rousset,  France, and we
are in the process of upgrading and expanding six  facilities  around the world.
In addition,  we have identified two other 8-inch facilities,  one of which will
be in Singapore with the other one -- in Italy -- now under  consideration.  Our
second 8-inch fab in Phoenix, Arizona, began volume production ahead of schedule
in  July  1995.  It  will  soon  start   manufacturing   next   generation   x86
microprocessors,  and is qualified for several other product families  including
MPEG decoders. The first wafers should be available from our M5 8-inch module in
Catania,  Italy,  in the third  quarter of 1996,  with  ramp-up  starting in the
fourth  quarter.  Also, the  construction of the Shenzhen  assembly  facility in
Southern China is nearing  completion.  This new plant, which is a joint venture
with the Shenzhen Electronics Group of China, together with the investments that
are being  made at other  existing  facilities,  will  contribute  new  back-end
capacity to serve increased front-end output.

         Our R&D effort, which over the years has provided SGS-THOMSON with many
leading edge technologies, was even stronger in 1995. We made important progress
in virtually  every area of  technology,  from power devices to 16 Megabit Flash
memories. Among the recent achievements of our R&D team were the creation of the
Company's  first  engineering  samples of CMOS 0.35 micron and BiCMOS 0.5 micron
technology, and the first silicon of BCD 5 high-power technology with integrated
0.6 micron CMOS logic.

INDUSTRY DYNAMICS AND DIRECTION

Over  the  long  term,   several   dynamic   trends  will  present   significant
opportunities for our industry in general, and for SGS-THOMSON in particular.

         The first  trend is  technological  change or, more  specifically,  the
changing role of microchip makers. Today, we have the ability to create a single
chip combining  VLSI or ULSI  technologies  with  mixed-signal  or  mixed-power,
together with the whole variety of memory blocks,  to replicate the functions of
an electronic system.

         This trend is  revolutionary,  since it moves our industry into the era
of complete "system-solutions" on silicon.

         There are three important  implications  of this changing  environment.
First, there will be tremendous economic  opportunities for those companies that
are positioned to meet the need for system-on-a-chip technology. Second, to take
advantage of these opportunities, a semiconductor maker must be able to master a
vast breadth of technologies,  possess strong financial resources to support R&D
at a very high level, and control ample manufacturing resources.  Third, because
designing  systems  on  silicon  is  by  nature  a  collaborative  process,  the
successful  semiconductor  companies will be those with the demonstrated ability
to form close

- - Our record performance reflected strong growth across a wide range of product
                        groups, regions and end markets. -


                                       3

<PAGE>
         - Our R&D effort has provided many leading edge technologies. -


strategic alliances with their customers.  These are the qualities which we have
worked hard to foster at SGS-THOMSON,  and which are discussed in greater detail
in this annual report.

         Geographic change is the second major trend I wish to highlight, and in
particular the fact that regionalized  economies will continue to prevail in the
near-term,  while the world is proceeding with the trend of a long-term shift to
a truly  globalized  economy.  In recent years, the most explosive growth in our
business (and,  indeed, in many industries) has taken place in Asia. This region
offers enormous resources, a strong cost advantage and high productivity.  Thus,
it appears  that Asia will lead the pack in terms of growth for the near future.
Fortunately,  SGS-THOMSON  has made the  investment  to establish an  integrated
presence in this  region,  consisting  of over 10 years of  front-end  activity,
extensive  back-end  operations   (including  a  new  presence  in  China),  and
meaningful R&D, design,  marketing and sales resources.  Over time,  however, we
believe that the environmental  differences  between the various  macro-economic
systems will tend to become more compatible. The boundary conditions for a truly
global  economy will be in place and the growth  momentum  will tend to equalize
between  Asia and other  regions,  such as North  America and Europe.  When this
occurs,  we will be  well-positioned  to benefit from our strong  operations and
integrated presence in those areas, as well.

         The  other  changes  of note  will  occur  in the  cultural  fabric  of
companies. To grow and prosper, a corporate organization must become more agile,
responsive and decentralized, yet all parts of the entity must function together
as a coherent  whole.  The  company  must  foster a culture  that  encourages  a
commitment to continuous improvement, total quality management and environmental
stewardship,  and which empowers its members to achieve these goals. This is the
corporation we have been striving to build at SGS-THOMSON.

OUTLOOK FOR 1996; VISION 2000

We are entering 1996 in a healthy financial and business condition,  with demand
exceeding our capacity in the majority of our product portfolio. It is, however,
evident that the industry has started a correction from the extraordinary growth
of recent years to a much more modest rate.

         The most respected industry analysts expect a growth rate for 1996 well
below that of last year,  with  disparities  in growth among  different  product
families.  We cannot  anticipate how deep or how long this correction phase will
be.  We are  confident,  however,  that the  heavy  emphasis  on  differentiated
products in our  portfolio,  our strong  customer base and strategic  alliances,
together with our well diversified sales base, both in terms of applications and
geography,  should allow  SGS-THOMSON to again outpace the rate of growth in our
served market.


         Looking  further ahead,  SGS-THOMSON  will continue to follow the three
main strategic  guidelines  that have served as our road map since the Company's
foundation:  innovation,  driven  by  market  needs  as  expressed  through  our
alliances; globalization, which for us means an integrated presence in the major
macroeconomic systems; and productivity, which results from a work-force that is
educated and empowered to achieve total quality  management.  By following these
strategic guidelines, we are aiming to:

- -        Become a solid member of the top ten worldwide semiconductor
         manufacturers,

- -        Demonstrate financial performance superior to the average of our 10
         largest peer companies, and

- -        Be best-in-class in customer service, product quality and environmental
         protection.

         These are the core elements of our "Vision 2000". By working to realize
this vision, we look forward to producing  continued value for our shareholders,
customers and associates.


/s/ Pasquale Pistorio

Pasquale Pistorio
President and Chief Executive Officer


                                        4

<PAGE>
SGS-THOMSON At a Glance



- -        1995 Revenues: US$ 3.55 Billion

- -        25,000 Employees

- -        17 Manufacturing Sites

- -        9 Advanced Research and Development Sites

- -        31 Design and Application Centers

- -        57 Sales Offices in 23 Countries


In the original document the following tables were represented by pie charts:

1995 Revenues by Region
- -----------------------
Europe - 46% 
Americas - 24% 
Asia Pacific - 26% 
Japan - 4%

1995 Revenues by Product Family
- -------------------------------
Differentiated Products - 51% 
Logic and Memories - 24% 
Discretes - 17% 
Standard Commodities - 8%


1995 Revenues by Application
- ----------------------------
Telecommunications  -  23%
Computer  -  27%
Automotive  -  9%
Consumer  -  20%
Industrial  -  21%



                                       5

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 PRODUCT GROUPS
                                 AT A GLANCE


DSG                                [GRAPHIC]

DISCRETE AND STANDARD ICS GROUP

Produces discrete power devices, such as power transistors (power bipolar, power
MOS),  rectifiers,   protection  devices,  thyristors  and  application-specific
discrete  products.  Also  produces  standard  linear  and  logic  ICs and radio
frequency (RF) products. The Group has a diverse customer base and broad product
portfolio.

DPG                                [GRAPHIC]

DEDICATED PRODUCTS GROUP

Produces  application-specific  semiconductor  products using advanced  bipolar,
CMOS,  BiCMOS,  mixed-signal  and  power  technologies.  The  Group's  dedicated
products  are  used  in  all  major  end-user  applications,   including  mobile
communications  networks,  asynchronous transfer mode communications systems and
digital video compression systems.

SPG                                [GRAPHIC]

SUBSYSTEMS PRODUCTS GROUP

Produces electronic subsystems that
provide  complete  solutions  for OEM customer  applications.  Products  include
converters  and complete  power  supplies,  motor  control  modules,  hands-free
systems and battery chargers.


                                       6

<PAGE>
PPG                                [GRAPHIC]

PROGRAMMABLE PRODUCTS GROUP

Produces  microcomponents  (including   microcontrollers,   microprocessors  and
digital  signal  processors),  as well as digital  semicustom  devices and mixed
analog/digital  semicustom  devices.  PPG also  produces PC graphic  devices and
multimedia acceleration ICs.


MPG                                [GRAPHIC]

MEMORY PRODUCTS GROUP

Produces a broad range of memory  products,  including  EPROMs,  Flash memories,
EEPROMs,  SRAMs and chips for smartcards.  The Group does not produce DRAMs. MPG
has been the leading  supplier of EPROM  memories  since 1993,  and is using its
EPROM and EEPROM expertise to develop and manufacture a broad portfolio of Flash
memory devices.


NVG                                [GRAPHIC]

NEW VENTURES GROUP

Identifies and develops new business  opportunities  to complement the Company's
existing  activities  and fully  exploit its advanced  technological  expertise,
manufacturing capabilities and global marketing team. NVG was formed in May 1994
and its initial  activities  have focused on  manufacturing  and  marketing  x86
microprocessors through a wholly-owned subsidiary in the U.S.



                                       7

<PAGE>
AUTOMOTIVE

                                   [GRAPHIC]

                  ST is a  leading  provider  of chips  for  audio  and  comfort
                  systems,  from  the  highest  end  car  stereos  to  the  new,
                  state-of-the-art navigation systems (GPS).

                                       8

<PAGE>
The pervasiveness of  semiconductors  in automotive  applications has grown more
than  ten-fold  in the  past  15  years,  as car  makers  have  introduced  more
sophisticated systems and new consumer options.  According to industry analysts,
this market is projected to continue to expand at a compound  annual growth rate
of  approximately  12% through the year 2000.  SGS-THOMSON,  with its ability to
command a broad range of technologies and form strong working relationships with
customers,  provides products for such diverse  automotive  applications as fuel
injection,  powertrain,  anti-lock braking,  airbag, car audio, climate control,
suspension and lighting systems.

Sales of SGS-THOMSON products for automotive  applications rose 36% in 1995, and
represented 9% of net revenues. Automotive customers include many of the leading
international manufacturers,  including BMW, Chrysler,  Daimler-Benz, Fiat, Ford
and  Peugeot.  SGS-THOMSON  products are also used by such  prominent  makers of
automotive  systems and components as Bosch,  Delco,  Marelli,  Nippondenso  and
Valeo. The Company offers these and other automotive  customers such advances as
mixed  technologies,  superintegration  in signal  and  power,  and  specialized
packaging for new, more complex microchips.

SGS-THOMSON is continually working on the next generation of advanced automotive
products.   The  Company's  new  products  include  engine  management  systems,
featuring  Bipolar-CMOS-DMOS  control  circuits that comply with  anti-pollution
diagnostic  requirements.  Other  new  products  include  monolithic  alternator
regulators and single-chip control systems for airbag,  braking and other safety
features.   Customer  demands  for  ultra-compact  powertrain  control  systems,
sophisticated  navigation  devices  and  instrumentation,   and  more  stringent
emission controls are also driving new product development.


                                   [GRAPHIC]

     SGS-THOMSON             is  continually  working on the next  generation of
                             advanced automotive products.

ST  products  are  featured in the most  sophisticated  driver  safety  devices,
including ABS and airbag systems.


                                       9

<PAGE>
COMPUTER

                                   [GRAPHIC]

From  read-write  channels  to  spindle  and head  positioning  motor  drives to
controllers, SGS-THOMSON is the undisputed leader in hard disk drive components.


                                       10

<PAGE>
The computer  industry has  continued to be an important  and growing  factor in
SGS-THOMSON's  business.  Overall,  the market for  semiconductors  in  computer
applications is anticipated by industry experts to increase at a compound annual
rate of 16% through the end of this century.

At SGS-THOMSON, sales of products for computer applications increased nearly 36%
in the last year,  and accounted for 27% of net revenues in 1995. For an example
of the Company's market leadership in computer applications, consider that seven
out of every ten PCs  manufactured  today use  SGS-THOMSON  smart power chips in
their hard disk drives.  Some typical  customers  include:  Acer,  Bull,  Canon,
Compaq, Conner, DEC, Epson, Hewlett Packard, IBM, Olivetti, Quantum, Seagate and
Xerox.

The Company's success in the computer market is evident from the great diversity
of products it provides.  For personal computers,  SGS-THOMSON  manufactures x86
microprocessors;  Flash, EPROM and fast or specialty SRAM memories; and graphics
processors,  including state-of-the-art 3-D multimedia accelerators. Hard drives
use  multichannel  combos for motor  drives and  read-write  circuits.  Products
employed in monitors  include  multisynch  processors,  vertical  amplifiers and
processors,  and  microcontrollers  for power management and on-screen  display.
Printers utilize the Company's power drivers, microcontrollers and memories.

Continuing  its growth in the computer  sector,  the Company is  developing  new
products to satisfy  industry  demand for such  applications  as higher capacity
disk  drives,  photo-quality  printers,  and power  management  for notebook and
palmtop computers.

                                   [GRAPHICS]

      Seven out of every ten PCs manufactured today use SGS-THOMSON chips.

SGS-THOMSON  is a major  player in  multimedia  PCs.  The Company is the world's
largest  provider of MPEG  decoders,  and its STG 2000 is the  industry's  first
integrated multimedia accelerator.


                                       11







<PAGE>
       TELECOMMUNICATIONS

                                   [GRAPHIC]

SGS-THOMSON  has been a major  participant in both analog and digital  terminals
and exchanges and is helping to advance new technologies such as ISDN and ATM.

                                       12

<PAGE>
Products for telecommunications customers represent one of the Company's largest
and  fastest  growing  application  areas,  increasing  nearly  37% in sales and
accounting for 23% of total revenues in 1995.  With a projected  compound annual
growth  rate of 17%  through  the year 2000,  the  opportunities  in this sector
should continue to expand.

To a great extent, the explosive growth in the telecommunications segment is the
result of the  increasing  popularity  of cellular  phones.  The list of Company
products  employed  in  cellular  phones is lengthy,  and  growing  rapidly.  It
includes  advanced digital signal processor cores, ICs used in supply management
and subscriber identification interface,  Flash and EEPROM memories, and various
radio frequency products. Key customers include such industry giants as Motorola
and Nokia.

SGS-THOMSON  products  are widely used in many telecom  applications  other than
cellular phones,  however,  including line cards,  modems, and central office or
PABX  equipment.  The  Company's  products are featured in high speed modems and
audio  processors  made by US  Robotics,  Sierra,  Racal,  PC-Tel  and Acer.  In
addition,  it is a major  supplier of  dedicated  interface  ICs to three of the
leading switch manufacturers:  Alcatel, Siemens and Northern Telecom. It is also
a major provider of ISDN interface ICs for expanding digital networks.

The  continued  growth  of the  telecommunications  segment  is being  driven by
developments  such as the  renewal of line card  equipment,  ramp-up of ISDN and
wireless  technologies,   and  the  general  expansion  of  the  industry  as  a
consequence of deregulation. SGS-THOMSON is moving to capitalize on these trends
by creating new  products,  including a modem analog  front-end  for PCs, a high
speed link IC for ISDN, and a line card using advanced BCD technology.

                                   [GRAPHIC]

The  portfolio of Company  products  employed in cellular  phones is lengthy and
growing rapidly.

Over the years,  SGS-Thomson has built a technological and commercial leadership
position in the area of subscriber line interface circuits.
                                       13

<PAGE>
CONSUMER

                                   [GRAPHIC]

The recent boom in set top boxes for advanced  services such as direct satellite
broadcasting has been made possible by ST's ability to produce  state-of-the-art
devices in volume.

                                       14

<PAGE>
SGS-THOMSON  semiconductors  are widely used in such common consumer products as
televisions,  VCRs, audio systems and other home entertainment applications. The
increasing  sophistication of such products, and the demand of consumers for the
latest  technologies,  continue  to drive the growth of this  segment.  Industry
analysts expect the consumer market for  semiconductors  to expand at a compound
annual rate of 14% over the next five years.  In 1995,  the  Company's  sales of
semiconductors for consumer applications rose 28%, and were equivalent to 20% of
net  revenues.  Among  SGS-THOMSON's  major  customers  in this area are General
Instrument,  Goldstar,  Kenwood,  Matsushita,  Philips, Pioneer, Samsung, Sanyo,
Sharp, Sony and Thomson  Multimedia.  Included in the Company's products for the
consumer  segment  are: a  complete  set of ICs  (other  than  DRAMs) for use in
digital  satellite  decoders;  one-chip  controllers  for  monitors;  a teletext
decoder with on-board memory;  audio-video  matrix switching  devices;  VCR head
amplifiers;   and  encoders   for  video  game   consoles.   It  also   supplies
microcontrollers for a wide variety of household appliances.

The Company's  contribution  to the consumer market has become even more evident
with the  development  of MPEG chips,  which are  essential  to the  creation of
products offering full-motion video features. MPEG technology is at the heart of
such diverse  applications as multi-media  PCs, the emerging  digital and direct
broadcast satellite TVs, and video CD players. SGS-THOMSON has been a pioneer in
this area,  and its  established  position  as the world's #1 supplier of MPEG-2
video-audio  decoders will help ensure a major role in the consumer  category as
new and exciting full-motion products are introduced.

                                   [GRAPHIC]

MPEG technology is at the heart of such diverse applications as multi-media PCs,
the emerging digital and direct  broadcast  satellite TVs and Digital Video Disk
(DVD) players.

SGS-THOMSON  continues to innovate in the area of television,  and plays a major
role in advancing image quality through such programs as Improved Quality TV.

                                       15

<PAGE>
INDUSTRIAL

                                    [GRAPHIC]

With a market share of over 40%, SGS-THOMSON is a worldwide supplier of discrete
and IC devices for the new generation of compact fluorescent lamps featuring low
energy consumption and long operating life.

                                       16

<PAGE>
In the industrial market segment,  SGS-THOMSON supplies  semiconductor  products
for a great  variety of  applications.  Among the  Company's  most  widely  used
products are  intelligent  power circuits,  which can be found in robots,  motor
controls and other control systems,  automation systems, power supply equipment,
lighting products and battery chargers. Significant customers include Asea Brown
Boveri, Mannesman, Philips, Schlumberger and Siemens.

In  the  past  year,  the  industrial  products  category  generated  21% of the
Company's net revenues,  an increase of almost 37% over the prior twelve months.
This segment is projected by industry analysts to grow at a compound annual rate
of 16% through the year 2000.  The factors  driving the growth of this  category
include the need to retrofit  older  plants for new  processes,  the trend among
corporations  to  seek  greater  production   efficiencies   through  technology
upgrades,  and the construction of new industrial  facilities to meet burgeoning
demand for capacity in developing countries.

One industrial  application  with tremendous  potential for growth is the "smart
card",  for which the Company is the leading  producer of chips.  These plastic,
credit card-sized  devices are embedded with powerful  microchips that integrate
logic, microcontrollers and sophisticated cryptographics. SGS-THOMSON technology
enables the smart card to store  personal or  financial  data,  allowing  access
while securing the information from  unauthorized  use. Smart cards are employed
throughout  Europe to pay for public  telephone  service,  to provide records of
bank accounts or health care data,  and for many other uses. As they become more
widely accepted in the U.S., it will open up an even more significant market.

Smart cards are just one example of the Company's use of innovative technologies
to serve  the  needs  of the  industrial  segment.  It is also  developing  such
products as a  system-on-a-chip  for a new  generation of "super smart"  battery
chargers, and high voltage ICs for specialized lighting applications.

                                   [GRAPHIC]

SGS-THOMSON  technology  enables the smart card to store  personal or  financial
data, allowing access while securing the information from unauthorized use.

ST's  technological  and  manufacturing  leadership,  which enables such diverse
functions  as a  microcontroller,  non-volatile  memory  and power  and  sensing
functions to be integrated on the same device,  makes "system on a chip" devices
like the Smart Battery Charger a reality.

                                       17

<PAGE>
OPERATIONS

MANUFACTURING

                                   [GRAPHIC]

Today, there are 17 manufacturing sites in Europe, Asia and North America, and a
new facility will be opened in China.

SGS-THOMSON's  position  as  one  of  the  leading  semiconductor  companies  is
supported  by  its  global   "manufacturing   machine".   Today,  there  are  17
manufacturing sites in Europe,  Asia and North America,  and a new facility will
be opened in China.  This  combination of manufacturing  resources  supports the
Company's broad  semiconductor  product line,  providing  customers in virtually
every major region with controlled access to essential products, and meeting the
highest standards for quality and cost-effectiveness.

This manufacturing  machine operates on a large scale.  Company-wide there are a
total of five Class 1 clean areas.  Approximately  18,000 employees are involved
in the  manufacturing  processes.  There are currently three facilities with the
capacity to manufacture wafers up to 8-inch diameter,  and three plants with the
capability for 0.35 micron or smaller processes.

                                       18

<PAGE>

                                   [GRAPHIC]

The Company continues to strengthen its manufacturing  resources. Six facilities
around the world are being  expanded and upgraded.  A new ULSI 8-inch  front-end
facility is ready to begin  activity in Catania,  designs are underway for a new
8-inch fab in Rousset, and two other 8-inch facilities, one in Singapore and one
in Italy, are respectively being planned or are under consideration.

                                       19

<PAGE>
Manufacturing Facilities

Front-end / / Crolles, France / / Agrate, Italy / / Rousset, France / / Catania,
Italy / / Rennes, France / / Grenoble, France / / Castelletto, Italy

/ / Tours, France / / Ang Mo Kio, Singapore / / Carrollton, TX, USA / / Phoenix,
AZ, USA / / Rancho Bernardo,
    CA, USA

Back-end
/ / Muar, Malaysia
/ / Kirkop, Malta
/ / Toa Payoh, Singapore
/ / Ain Sebaa, Morocco
/ / Bouskoura, Morocco


                                   [GRAPHIC]

Tours, France

Ang Mo Kio, Singapore

Agrate, Italy

Muar, Malaysia

Catina, Italy

Toa Payoh, Singapore

Castelletto, Italy

                                       20

<PAGE>
                                   [GRAPHIC]


Carrollton, TX, USA

Phoenix, AZ, USA

Crolles, France

Rousset, France

Ain Sebaa, Morocco

Rancho Bernardo,
CA, USA

Bouskoura, Morocco

Kirkop, Malta

Rennes, France

Grenoble, France

Catania, Italy

                                       21

<PAGE>
OPERATIONS

RESEARCH
AND DEVELOPMENT

SGS-THOMSON operates 31 advanced R&D or design sites worldwide.

                                   [GRAPHIC]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Technology Roadmap
PROTOTYPING/PRODUCTION START     '91/'92      '93/'94      '95/'96      '97/'98      '99/'2000
<S>                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
High Performance Logic           0.8/0.7u       0.5u         0.35u        0.25u        0.18u
                                 (2/3 ML)      (3 ML)        (5 ML)       (5 ML)      (5-6 ML)
BiCMOS LOGIC/ANALOG                1.2u         0.7u         0.5u         0.35u        0.25u
BCD (Bipolar/CMOS/DMOS)            2.5u         1.2u         0.6u         0.5u         0.5u
EPROMs                             16 M           --          16M            --          --
                                    5V                         3V

FLASH Memories                   256 K/1M        4M         8M/16M         64M         256M
                                    5V           5V            3V           3V         2.5V

SRAMs (Fast/N.V.)                   1M           1M            1M          1M/4         16M
                                    5V           5V            3V           3V         2.5V

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC                 0.8u         0.7u        0.6u/0.5u      0.35u      0.25u
N.V. Memory Capability
</TABLE>

                                    [PHOTO]

The R&D program at SGS-THOMSON is extensive and dynamic, enabling the Company to
maintain its technological leadership. Today, there are 31 advanced research and
development or design sites  worldwide,  employing 2,500 people.  Total expenses
for R&D in 1995 were over $440 million, representing 12.4% of net revenues.

R&D milestones for 1995 included the first engineering  samples of such products
as 0.35 micron VLSI CMOS,  0.5 micron  BiCMOS and 16 Megabit  Flash.  Also,  the
first silicon has been  produced for BCD 5, the  Company's  exclusive 0.6 micron
Bipolar/CMOS/DMOS technology.

To  maximize  the  benefits  of the  R&D  effort,  the  Company  relies  on both
centralized and  decentralized  operations.  That is, there are two main centers
for VLSI platform development,  in Crolles, France and Agrate, Italy, along with
diverse  process/design   centers  for  specific   technological   competencies.
Extending the scope of its R&D program,  SGS-THOMSON  conducts  some  activities
jointly with major corporate,  academic and government  research centers.  A key
advantage  is the use of pilot  lines  closely  allied  with the  Company's  R&D
facilities,  such as the  non-volatile  memory  and  programmable  logic line in
Agrate or the high  performance  logic  CMOS/BiCMOS  line at Crolles.  The pilot
lines  allow  early   prototyping   of   technologies   and  help   ramp-up  for
manufacturing, thus reducing time-to-market while enhancing yield.

                                       22

<PAGE>
STRATEGIC ALLIANCES

SGS-THOMSON has long  recognized the importance of working in close  cooperation
with its  customers  to ensure  that its  technologies  anticipate  and  satisfy
emerging needs, and to share some of the risks and costs of product development.
Toward  those  ends,  the Company  has formed a network of  worldwide  strategic
alliances  with  key  customers  and  other  participants  in the  semiconductor
marketplace.

Strategic  alliances with  customers in the automotive  sector include Bosch and
Fiat/Marelli.  In telecommunications,  the Company is allied with Alcatel, Nokia
and Northern Telecom.  Computer industry leaders such as Seagate  Technology and
Western  Digital,  and consumer  products  maker  Thomson  Multimedia,  are also
involved in  constructive  alliances  with  SGS-THOMSON.  The  Company  also has
technology  or  product  development  alliances  with  Philips   Semiconductors,
Mitsubishi  Electric  Corporation,  Siemens and a major design software company.
Furthermore,   there  are  a  number  of  other  strategic  alliances  that  for
confidentiality reasons cannot be mentioned here.

The Company's  strong  relationships  and alliances have had a direct,  positive
impact on financial performance.  In 1995, sales to alliance "partners" totalled
nearly $1 billion, a large and especially stable component of net revenues.

                                   [GRAPHIC]

Customers

Semiconductor
Manufacturers

Research Institutes
and Universities

Suppliers

Multinational R&D
Organizations




                                       23

<PAGE>
FINANCIAL CONTENTS

Selected Consolidated Financial Data 25

Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 26

Consolidated Statements of Income 37

Consolidated Balance Sheets 38

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 39

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity 40

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 41

Auditor's Report 55

                                       24

<PAGE>
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

OVERVIEW

The  Company  was  formed  in  1987  as a  result  of  the  combination  of  the
non-military business of Thomson Semiconducteurs,  the microelectronics business
of the French state-controlled defense electronics company Thomson-CSF,  and SGS
Microelettronica,  the  microelectronics  business  owned by STET,  the  Italian
state-controlled  telephone  company.  Since  its  formation,  the  Company  has
significantly  broadened and upgraded its range of products and technologies and
has strengthened  its  manufacturing  and  distribution  capabilities in Europe,
North America, and the Asia Pacific region, while at the same time restructuring
its operations to improve efficiency.

From 1991 to 1995, the Company's net revenues increased from $1,374.0 million to
$3,554.4  million,  with strongest  revenue growth  occurring in 1993,  1994 and
1995. Such revenue gains were achieved despite the Company's absence during that
period from the market for DRAMs (a commodity  memory  product)  and,  until the
second half of 1994, from the market for personal computer microprocessors (such
as the x86 family of products) and DRAMs.  According to trade  association data,
the TAM (total  available  market)  increased  from  $54.6  billion in 1991 to a
preliminary  estimate  of $144.4  billion  in 1995,  while the SAM  (serviceable
available  market,  which  prior to 1995  consisted  of the TAM  without  DRAMs,
microprocessors and opto-electronic  products and commencing in 1995 and for all
prior periods compared  therewith  includes  microprocessors  as a result of the
Company's  production of x86 products) increased from $45.6 billion in 1991 to a
preliminary  estimate of $99.2 billion in 1995.  The Company's  share of the TAM
remained  relatively  constant at 2.5% during this period,  while the  Company's
share of the SAM  increased  from 3.0% in 1991 to 3.6% in 1995.  Revenue  growth
within the Company  from 1991  through  1995 was  particularly  significant  for
dedicated  products,  EPROMs  and  semicustom  devices.  The  Company  has  also
succeeded in becoming a more global  semiconductor  supplier--the  proportion of
the Company's  revenues derived outside Europe increased from  approximately 42%
in 1991 to approximately 54% in 1995.

        Differentiated  ICs (which the  Company  defines as being its  dedicated
products,  semicustom devices and microcontrollers)  accounted for just over 51%
of the Company's net revenues in 1995,  compared to  approximately  48% in 1994.
Such products  foster close  relationships  with  customers,  resulting in early
knowledge  of their  evolving  requirements  and  opportunities  to access their
markets for other  products,  and are less  vulnerable to competitive  pressures
than standard  commodity  products.  In 1995, analog ICs (including mixed signal
ICs),  the  majority  of  which  are  also  differentiated  ICs,  accounted  for
approximately  46% of the Company's net revenues  (compared to approximately 43%
in  1994),  while  discrete  devices  accounted  for  approximately  17%  of the
Company's net revenues (compared to approximately 15% in 1994). In recent years,
analog ICs and discrete devices have experienced less volatility in sales growth
rates and average selling prices than the overall semiconductor industry.

        In addition to increasing revenues,  management's efforts to rationalize
operations  and increase  manufacturing  and other  efficiencies  have generated
significant  improvements  in  profitability.  The Company's gross profit margin
increased  from 27.6% in 1991 to 41.0% in 1995.  Such  increases in gross profit
margins  have  combined  with  significant  reductions  in selling,  general and
administrative  expenses as a percentage  of net  revenues and reduced  interest
costs  to  significantly   increase   profitability  in  an  improved   industry
environment in 1993,  1994 and 1995. In 1995, the gross profit margin  decreased
to  41.0%  from  42.2%  in 1994  due  primarily  to  costs  associated  with the
conversion of certain manufacturing facilities from the production of 4-inch and
5-inch  wafers to production  of 5-inch and 6-inch  wafers,  the increase in the
cost of sales attributable to the new plant in Phoenix, Arizona, which completed
the start-up phase at the end of the 1995 second quarter and whose costs,  as of
the 1995 third quarter,  are therefore included in the cost of sales and, in the
second and third quarters of 1995,  the negative  impact of the weakening of the
U.S. dollar,  and to a lesser extent due to higher  depreciation  resulting from
increased capital spending.

        According to preliminary  estimated trade  association data, in 1995 TAM
revenues  increased  approximately  42% over 1994 while SAM  revenues  increased
approximately  32%. Such growth rates have exceeded the  historical TAM compound
annual growth rates since 1983 (19%,  according to preliminary  estimated  trade
association  data).  Although  it  cannot  predict  the  timing or degree of any
softening in the  semiconductor  market,  management  believes that the industry
growth rates and average selling prices in the period from 1993 through 1995 are
unlikely to be sustained.  In less favorable industry environments,  the Company
has in the past  been  requested  to  reduce  prices to limit the level of order
cancellations.  As only a portion  of the  Company's  expenses  varies  with its
revenues, there can be no

                                       26

<PAGE>
royalty  income)  decreased  from $42.7 million in 1994 to $33.7 million in 1995
due  primarily to such  reclassification.  Net revenues  increased  34.4%,  from
$2,644.9 million to $3,554.4 million in 1995 compared to 1994.

         The Dedicated  Products Group's net revenues  increased 38.9% primarily
as a result of  significant  volume  growth in  computer  products,  video/image
processing products and audio and automotive products. The Discrete and Standard
ICs Group's net revenues  increased 31.7%, due principally to sales increases in
transistors such as Power MOS and power transistors and discrete devices.  Sales
of standard  commodities  such as standard  linears and voltage  regulators also
increased  compared to 1994. The Memory Products  Group's revenues grew by 15.0%
as increased volumes of flash memory products and increased sales of EEPROMs and
smartcard ICs used in European telephone and bank cards were offset by declining
EPROM sales due to lower prices. Net revenues of the Programmable Products Group
increased 40.4% principally from growth in sales of microcontroller products and
higher  sales  of  digital   semicustom   products  (which  benefited  from  the
introduction of advanced  submicron  product lines). In the second half of 1994,
the Company commenced  shipments of its own x86  microprocessor  product family.
Although  it  cannot  predict  the  timing or  degree  of any  softening  in the
semiconductor  market,  management  believes that the rate of growth in revenues
experienced  by the Company in its principal  product groups in 1995 compared to
1994 is unlikely to be sustained.

GROSS PROFIT.  The Company's gross profit increased 30.7%, from $1,116.2 million
in 1994 to $1,458.4 million in 1995, primarily as a result of significant volume
growth in all the Company's  principal product groups except the Memory Products
Group, which also experienced a slower growth rate in net sales due to declining
EPROM prices. As a percentage of net revenues, gross profit decreased from 42.2%
to 41.0% due  primarily  to costs  associated  with the  conversion  of  certain
manufacturing  facilities  from the  production  of 4-inch and 5-inch  wafers to
production  of 5-inch  and 6-inch  wafers  and to a lesser  extent due to higher
depreciation resulting from increased capital spending.

         Increases  in cost of sales from  $1,528.7  million in 1994 to $2,096.0
million in 1995 were due  primarily to higher  variable  costs  associated  with
significantly  increased  volume,  the addition of the new fabrication  plant in
Crolles,  France, which has started to reach a significant volume of production,
and to  certain  manufacturing  facilities  which  were in the  process of being
upgraded  in the  1995  period.  Increases  in  the  cost  of  sales  were  also
attributable to the new plant in Phoenix,  Arizona, which completed the start-up
phase at the end of the 1995  second  quarter  and whose  costs,  as of the 1995
third quarter,  are therefore included in cost of sales, and higher depreciation
resulting from increased capital spending in recent periods.

         The exchange  rate impact on gross profit in 1995  compared to 1994 was
negative,  as the negative impact of the depreciation of the U.S. dollar on cost
of sales was greater than the positive  impact on net  revenues.  However,  this
impact was not material. Cost of sales in 1995 and 1994 was net of $11.8 million
and $19.3 million, respectively, of funds received from governmental agencies to
offset  industrialization  costs (which include  certain costs incurred to bring
prototype products to the production stage) included in cost of sales.

SELLING,   GENERAL   AND   ADMINISTRATIVE   EXPENSES.   Selling,   general   and
administrative  expenses  increased 21.6% from $339.9 million to $413.2 million.
As a percentage of net revenues,  selling,  general and administrative  expenses
decreased from 12.9% to 11.6% due primarily to higher net revenues. However 1994
included a $15 million  provision for potential  patent  infringements  and 1995
included  a $10  million  provision  related  to one time  charges  to cover the
possible  financial impact related to legal  proceedings in one of the Company's
subsidiaries.  Excluding these  provisions the increase in selling,  general and
administrative  expenses was primarily due to a  strengthening  in the Company's
marketing efforts as well as in general and administrative functions.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT  EXPENSES.  Research and development expenses continued
to represent a substantial  amount of the  Company's  net  revenues,  increasing
30.2% to $440.3  million in 1995 from $338.3  million in 1994. Due to the strong
growth in net revenues attained in 1995, research and development  expenses as a
percentage of net revenues decreased slightly from 12.8% to 12.4%.  However, the
Company  continued to invest  heavily in research and  development  and plans to
continue increasing its research and development

                                       27

<PAGE>

activities.  The Company's  reported  research and  development  expenses do not
include design center, process engineering,  pre-production or industrialization
costs.

RESTRUCTURING  COSTS.  Restructuring  costs  decreased  significantly  to  $13.0
million  in 1995 from $37.0  million in 1994.  The 1995  period  included  costs
associated  with certain  personnel  lay-offs and  relocations.  The 1994 period
included  primarily  costs  associated  with the  closure of  certain  older fab
facilities and certain personnel lay-offs.

OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES.  Other income and expenses of the Company resulted in
income of $59.1  million in 1995  compared  to income of $32.0  million in 1994.
Other income and expenses  include  primarily  funds  received  from  government
agencies in connection with the Company's research and development programs, the
costs of new plant  start-ups,  as well as foreign  currency  gains and  losses,
patent  license  payments,   the  costs  of  certain   activities   relating  to
intellectual property, and miscellaneous revenues and expenses. Other income and
expenses in the 1994 period  included a charge for stock option  compensation of
$18.1  million,  while 1995  included  increased  contributions  to research and
development  activities  and start-up  costs.  In  addition,  in 1995 there were
several  nonrecurring items affecting income and expenses,  which taken together
were  not  material.  These  include  the  reversal  of the  provision  for  the
restructuring  of the  Rancho  Bernardo  plant in  connection  with  the  recent
decision to retain and upgrade this facility.

OPERATING  PROFIT (LOSS).  The Company's  operating  profit increased 50.3% from
1994 to 1995,  increasing by $218.0  million to $651.0  million,  primarily as a
result of the  reduction of  provisions  for  restructuring  costs and increased
revenues.

NET INTEREST  EXPENSES.  The Company  decreased  its net interest  expenses from
$21.0  million in 1994 to $16.8  million in 1995,  primarily  as a result of the
temporary  reduction in debt due to application of the proceeds  received by the
Company in December 1994 from the Initial Public  Offering,  and in October 1995
from the second public  offering,  which  substantially  decreased the financial
debt.

INCOME  TAX.  Provision  for income tax was $108.3  million in 1995  compared to
$49.5  million in 1994,  primarily  as a result of the  substantial  increase in
profit before tax. In 1995 the accrued effective tax rate was approximately 17%,
compared  to 12% for 1994.  The still  favorable  1995 rate is mainly due to the
application  of  benefits  in  certain  countries  associated  with new  capital
expenditure  programs.  As such  benefits may not be available  after 1995,  the
Company  expects to register an increase in the effective tax rate in the coming
years.

1994 VS. 1993

The growth that the worldwide semiconductor market experienced in 1993 continued
in 1994, with the markets in Europe,  the Americas,  the Asia Pacific region and
Japan all showing strong growth.  According to trade  association  data, the TAM
increased by approximately 32% in 1994 over 1993. The estimated SAM increased by
approximately 22% over the same period. The Company experienced strong increases
in both revenues and profitability in 1994,  caused by significant  increases in
volume and increased  sales of new products.  Prices were slightly lower in 1994
than in 1993, and were  particularly  lower for EPROMs  commencing in the second
quarter of 1994.

NET REVENUES.  Net sales  increased  29.6%,  from  $2,007.7  million to $2,602.2
million,  in 1994  compared to 1993.  This increase was primarily as a result of
significantly  increased  volume of sales of  existing  products  in each of the
Company's  principal  product groups.  Higher volumes accounted for the greatest
part of the $594.5 million total increase in net sales,  but increased  sales of
new  products  also  contributed  to the sales  increase.  Prices  registered  a
marginally declining trend, mainly in memory products.  There was no significant
impact on sales due to changes in the value of the U.S.  dollar in 1994 compared
to 1993. Other revenues (consisting  primarily of co-development  contract fees,
certain contract  indemnity  payments and patent royalty income)  increased from
$29.8 million to $42.7 million in the same period, reflecting primarily payments
from certain  strategic  partners and patent royalty  income.  As a result,  net
revenues increased 29.8%, from $2,037.5 million to $2,644.9 million.

         The Dedicated  Products Group's net revenues  increased 39.5% primarily
as a result of significant  growth in computer products  (primarily higher sales
of disk drive controller ICs), audio and automotive products,

                                       28

<PAGE>

        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.

video/image  processing  products  and  telecommunications  products  (primarily
additional business secured from a strategic alliance with Northern Telecom that
became  effective  in January  1994).  The Discrete and Standard ICs Group's net
revenues  increased 23.6% due principally to volume  increases in standard logic
and  linear  devices,  which  were  facilitated  in part by  increased  back-end
manufacturing capacity. Sales of power MOS transistors also increased over 1993.
The Memory  Products  Group  increased net revenues by 23.4%  primarily  through
increased  volumes of flash  memory  products  and  increased  sales of EEPROMs,
smartcard  ICs used in  European  telephone  and  bank  cards,  and also  EPROMs
(notwithstanding  a decline in pricing  commencing in the second quarter of 1994
from historically high levels). Net revenues of the Programmable  Products Group
increased 19.0%  principally  from higher sales of digital  semicustom  products
(which benefited from the introduction of advanced  submicron product lines) and
growth in sales of  microcontroller  products.  In the second half of 1994,  the
Company commenced shipments of the x86 microprocessor product family.

         Net  revenues in Europe  increased  primarily  as a result of increased
sales of memory products, in particular flash memories, and automotive and audio
products.  Standard  commodities,  such as standard linear and voltage regulator
products,  some memory products,  such as EEPROM and flash memory products,  and
microcontroller  products also contributed to this growth. In the Americas,  the
35.9% increase in net revenues was  attributable  to an improved  economy in the
United  States,  increased  sales of image  processing  products  as well as the
alliance with Northern Telecom. Significant growth rates were also registered by
microcontroller,  flash memories and standard  commodities.  In the Asia Pacific
region,  the revenue increase was primarily due to a strong increase in sales of
devices for  computer  peripherals  (disk  drive) and in the  personal  computer
business in Singapore  and Taiwan.  A strong  increase was also shown by digital
semicustom products.  The Company is expanding its business in China principally
in the telecommunications and consumer (television and radio) segments.  Despite
difficult  general economic  conditions in Japan, the region managed good growth
in net  revenues  fueled  by sales of  memory  products,  such as  SRAMs,  flash
memories and EPROMs, and dedicated  products for office equipment.  In 1994, the
Company opened a sales office in Osaka and a dedicated products design center in
Tokyo.

GROSS PROFIT. The Company's gross profit increased 41.5%, from $789.1 million in
1993 to  $1,116.2  million  in  1994,  primarily  as a result  of  significantly
increased net revenues.  Although  gross profit  increased as a result of volume
growth  in  all  the  Company's  principal  product  groups,  gross  profit  was
particularly affected in 1994 by increased sales in the Dedicated Products Group
of  differentiated  ICs,  which  generally  have higher  margins  than  standard
commodity  products.   In  addition,   gross  profit  benefited  from  increased
profitability  in the Discrete and  Standard ICs Group.  As a percentage  of net
revenues, gross profit increased from 38.7% to 42.2%.

         Increases  in cost of sales from  $1,248.4  million in 1993 to $1,528.7
million in 1994 were due  primarily to higher  variable  costs  associated  with
significantly  increased volume and higher depreciation resulting from increased
capital  spending  in  recent  periods.  Increases  in cost of sales  were  also
attributable  to the addition of the new fabrication  plant in Crolles,  France,
which  has  recently  commenced  manufacturing.  Cost of  sales  decreased  as a
percentage of revenues due  primarily to  manufacturing  efficiencies  resulting
from increased  production volume, and to a lesser extent to improved yields and
labor productivity.

         The exchange  rate impact on gross profit in 1994  compared to 1993 was
negligible,  as the  comparative  positive  impact on net revenues was partially
offset by a negative impact on cost of sales. Cost of sales in 1994 and 1993 was
net of $19.3  million  and $20.4  million,  respectively,  of funds  received to
offset  industrialization  costs (which include  certain costs incurred to bring
prototype products to the production stage) included in cost of sales.

SELLING,   GENERAL   AND   ADMINISTRATIVE   EXPENSES.   Selling,   general   and
administrative  expenses increased 12.4%, from $302.5 million to $339.9 million.
Approximately $28 million of this increase was due to increases in the Company's
sales force and marketing  efforts.  In addition,  a $15.0 million provision for
patent risks was included. As a percentage of net revenues, selling, general and
administrative  expenses decreased from 14.8% to 12.9% due primarily to a higher
sales rate.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES. Research and development continued to receive
a substantial amount of the Company's net revenues, reaching $338.3 million

                                       29

<PAGE>

in 1994 and $270.9 million in 1993, a 24.9% increase.  As a result of the strong
growth in net revenues attained in 1994, research and development  expenses as a
percentage  of net revenues  fell  slightly from 13.3% in 1993 to 12.8% in 1994.
The Company plans to continue to increase its research and development  staff so
as to increase  research and  development  activities.  The  Company's  reported
research  and  development  expenses  do  not  include  design  center,  process
engineering, pre-production or industrialization costs.

RESTRUCTURING  COSTS.  Restructuring  costs decreased  significantly  from $49.9
million in 1993 to $37.0 million in 1994. The  restructuring  costs in 1994 were
primarily charges incurred for fixed asset write-offs and other costs associated
with the restructuring and upgrading of certain  manufacturing  activities.  The
restructuring  costs  for 1994  include  provisions  for  activities  for  which
management  decisions have been made; some have occurred in 1994 and others were
originally  scheduled  to occur  during  1995,  but have been  postponed  due to
capacity requirements in light of current market conditions. Management believes
these restructuring activities will contribute to its manufacturing capabilities
and improve efficiency.

OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES. Other income and expenses resulted in income of $32.0
million in 1994  compared to income of $49.7  million in 1993.  Other income and
expenses include primarily funds received from government agencies in connection
with  the  Company's  research  and  development  programs,  as well as  foreign
currency  gains and  losses,  patent  license  payments,  the  costs of  certain
activities  relating to intellectual  property,  and miscellaneous  revenues and
expenses. In 1994 other income and expenses included the charge for stock option
compensation  of  $18.1  million.  See  Note  12 to the  Consolidated  Financial
State-ments.  In addition,  in 1994 there was a significant increase in the cost
of  new  plant  start-ups,  from  $1.6  million  to  $8.8  million,  principally
associated with the new fabrication facility in Phoenix.

OPERATING  PROFIT (LOSS).  The Company's  operating  profit  registered a record
increase of 100.9%  from 1993 to 1994,  increasing  by $217.5  million to $433.0
million primarily as a result of the increased net revenues. Changes in exchange
rates did not have a material impact on operating profit.

NET INTEREST  EXPENSES.  The Company  decreased  its net interest  expenses from
$37.8  million in 1993 to $21.0  million in 1994,  primarily  as a result of the
$500  million  capital  stock  increase in 1993 (which  substantially  decreased
financial debt).

INCOME TAX. Provision for income tax was $49.5 million in 1994 compared to $17.6
million in 1993,  primarily  as a result of the  substantial  increase in profit
before tax. In 1994,  the Company took  advantage of certain tax benefits  which
allowed an effective tax rate of  approximately  12.0%. As such benefits will no
longer be  available,  the Company is  expecting a  significant  increase in the
effective tax rate in the coming years beginning in 1995.

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth certain financial information for the years 1995,
1994 and 1993. Such information is derived from unaudited consolidated financial
statements,   prepared  on  a  basis  consistent  with  the  audited   financial
statements,  that include,  in the opinion of management,  only normal recurring
adjustments  necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  information  set forth
therein.  Operating  results for any quarter are not  necessarily  indicative of
results for any future period.  In addition,  in view of the significant  growth
experienced  by the  Company  in  recent  years  as well as the  changes  in the
composition of sales and production  among  different  geographic  regions,  the
Company  believes that  period-to-period  comparisons  of its operating  results
should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

                                       30

<PAGE>

                        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    Quarter Ended
                                    =============================================================================================
(in millions, except percentages      Apr. 3,       July 3,      Oct. 2,        Dec.31 ,      Apr. 2,      July 2,        Oct. 1,
and per share data)                    1993          1993          1993          1993          1994          1994          1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated Statement of
 Income Data:
<S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
  Net revenues                      $  438.9      $  526.1      $  521.3      $  551.3      $  599.3      $  672.4      $  657.2
  Cost of sales                       (281.1)       (329.6)       (309.0)       (328.8)       (346.8)       (389.4)       (380.5)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit                           157.8         196.5         212.3         222.5         252.5         283.0         276.7
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general and
  administrative                       (72.8)        (71.3)        (67.5)        (91.0)        (91.3)        (82.1)        (81.5)
 Research and development              (64.0)        (69.6)        (68.3)        (68.9)        (72.5)        (82.7)        (83.4)
 Restructuring cost                     (0.6)         (1.8)        (16.9)        (30.6)         (0.2)        (22.9)        (10.7)
 Other income and expenses              18.6          17.5           3.1          10.5          13.8          15.3           3.3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total operating expenses            (118.8)       (125.2)       (149.6)       (180.0)       (150.2)       (172.4)       (172.3)
Operating profit (loss)                 39.0          71.3          62.7          42.5         102.3         110.6         104.4
Net interest expenses                  (13.6)        (10.5)        (10.1)         (3.7)         (4.8)         (5.6)         (5.6)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profit (loss) before tax                25.4          60.8          52.6          38.8          97.5         105.0          98.8
Income tax                              (1.0)         (2.1)         (7.1)         (7.3)        (18.0)        (18.5)        (11.5)
Profit (loss) before
 minority interests                     24.4          58.7          45.5          31.5          79.5          86.5          87.3
Minority interests                       0.0           0.0           0.0           0.0           0.0           0.0           0.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss)                 $   24.4      $   58.7      $   45.5      $   31.5      $   79.5      $   86.5      $   87.3
=================================================================================================================================
Net earnings (loss) per share       $   0.46      $   0.78      $   0.52      $   0.27      $   0.67      $   0.73      $   0.73
=================================================================================================================================
Weighted average
 shares outstanding                     53.6          75.4          87.2         119.0         119.0         119.0         119.0
=================================================================================================================================
As a Percentage of Net
 Revenues:
  Net revenues                         100.0%        100.0%        100.0%        100.0%        100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
  Cost of sales                        (64.0)        (62.6)        (59.3)        (59.6)        (57.9)        (57.9)        (57.9)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit                            36.0          37.4          40.7          40.4          42.1          42.1          42.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general and
 administrative                        (16.6)        (13.6)        (12.9)        (16.5)        (15.2)        (12.2)        (12.4)
 Research and development              (14.6)        (13.2)        (13.1)        (12.5)        (12.1)        (12.3)        (12.7)
 Restructuring costs                    (0.1)         (0.3)         (3.2)         (5.6)          0.0          (3.4)         (1.6)
 Other income and expenses               4.2           3.3           0.6           1.9           2.3           2.3           0.5
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total operating expenses             (27.1)        (23.8)        (28.7)        (32.7)        (25.1)        (25.6)        (26.2)
Operating profit (loss)                  8.9          13.6          12.0           7.7          17.1          16.4          15.9
Net interest expenses                   (3.1)         (2.0)         (1.9)         (0.7)         (0.8)         (0.8)         (0.9)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profit (loss) before tax                 5.8          11.6          10.1           7.0          16.3          15.6          15.0
Income tax                              (0.2)         (0.4)         (1.4)         (1.3)         (3.0)         (2.8)         (1.7)
Profit before minority interests         5.6          11.2           8.7           5.7          13.3          12.9          13.3
Minority interests                       0.0           0.0           0.0           0.0           0.0           0.0           0.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings  loss                       5.6%         11.2%          8.7%          5.7%         13.3%         12.9%         13.3%
=================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Quarter Ended
                                    ================================================================
(in millions, except percentages      Dec.31 ,      Apr. 1,       July 1,      Sept.30,       Dec.31,
and per share data)                    1994          1995          1995          1995          1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated Statement of
 Income Data:
<S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
  Net revenues                      $  716.0      $  778.6      $  878.5      $  922.6      $  974.7
  Cost of sales                       (412.0)       (451.8)       (526.9)       (552.3)       (565.1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit                           304.0         326.8         351.6         370.3         409.6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general and
  administrative                       (85.0)        (90.7)        (99.8)       (103.6)       (119.0)
 Research and development              (99.7)        (97.5)       (105.1)       (109.3)       (128.4)
 Restructuring cost                     (3.2)         (0.3)         (0.8)         (6.8)         (5.1)
 Other income and expenses              (0.4)          3.4          11.8          15.7          28.3
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total operating expenses            (188.3)       (185.1)       (193.9)       (204.0)       (224.2)
Operating profit (loss)                115.7         141.7         157.7         166.3         185.4
Net interest expenses                   (5.0)         (2.9)         (5.1)         (6.7)         (2.1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profit (loss) before tax               110.7         138.8         152.6         159.6         183.3
Income tax                              (1.5)        (31.9)        (30.1)        (30.7)        (15.7)
Profit (loss) before
 minority interests                    109.2         106.9         122.5         128.9         167.6
Minority interests                       0.0           0.0           0.1           0.1           0.4
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss)                 $  109.2      $  106.9      $  122.6      $  129.0      $  168.0
====================================================================================================
Net earnings (loss) per share       $   0.90      $   0.83      $   0.95      $   1.00      $   1.24
====================================================================================================
Weighted average
 shares outstanding                    120.6         128.6         128.8         129.1         135.9
====================================================================================================
As a Percentage of Net
 Revenues:
  Net revenues                         100.0%        100.0%        100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
  Cost of sales                        (57.5)        (58.0)        (60.0)        (59.9)        (58.0)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit                            42.5          42.0          40.0          40.1          42.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general and
 administrative                        (11.9)        (11.6)        (11.4)        (11.2)        (12.2)
 Research and development              (13.9)        (12.5)        (12.0)        (11.8)        (13.2)
 Restructuring costs                    (0.4)         (0.0)         (0.1)         (0.7)         (0.5)
 Other income and expenses              (0.1)          0.4           1.3           1.7           2.9
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total operating expenses             (26.3)        (23.8)        (22.1)        (22.1)        (23.0)
Operating profit (loss)                 16.2          18.2          18.0          18.0          19.0
Net interest expenses                   (0.7)         (0.4)         (0.6)         (0.7)         (0.2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profit (loss) before tax                15.5          17.8          17.4          17.3          18.8
Income tax                              (0.2)         (4.1)         (3.4)         (3.3)         (1.6)
Profit before minority interests        15.3          13.7          13.9          14.0          17.2
Minority interests                       0.0           0.0           0.0           0.0           0.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings  loss                      15.3%         13.7%         14.0%         14.0%         17.2%
====================================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                    31

<PAGE>

         In 1995,  approximately 46% of the Company's net revenues originated in
Europe,  compared to 58% in 1991. The Company's third quarter revenues in Europe
have averaged less than average revenues during other quarters due to production
slowdowns by its European  customers in July and August.  During strong industry
conditions,  including in 1995, the negative impact of third quarter seasonality
in Europe  has  generally  been  offset  by  increased  sales in other  regions.
Quarterly  results  have  also  been  and  may be  expected  to  continue  to be
substantially  affected by the cyclicality of the  semiconductor  and electronic
systems industries,  the timing and success of new product introductions and the
levels of provisions and other unusual charges incurred.

         Gross  profit as a  percentage  of net  revenues in the last quarter of
1995  returned to the 42.0% level  registered in the first quarter of 1995 after
decreasing  to 40.0%  and  40.1%  in the  second  and  third  quarters  of 1995,
respectively.  The  decrease  registered  in the second  quarter of 1995 was due
primarily to the weakening of the U.S. dollar  registered  against the principal
European and Asian currencies and due to costs associated with the conversion of
certain manufacturing facilities from the production of 4-inch and 5-inch wafers
to production of 5-inch and 6-inch wafers. The decrease  registered in the third
quarter  of  1995  was due  primarily  to the  increase  in the  cost  of  sales
attributable to the new plant in Phoenix,  Arizona, which completed the start-up
phase at the end of the 1995  second  quarter  and whose  costs,  as of the 1995
third quarter,  are therefore  included in cost of sales, and to a lesser extent
due to costs associated with the conversion of certain manufacturing  facilities
from the  production  of 4-inch and 5-inch  wafers to  production  of 5-inch and
6-inch wafers and to the  weakening of the U.S.  dollar  registered  against the
principal European and Asian currencies.

         The Company's  quarterly and annual operating results are also affected
by a wide variety of other factors that could  materially  and adversely  affect
revenues  and  profitability  or lead to  significant  variability  of operating
results,  including,  among others, capital requirements and the availability of
funding,  competition,  new product  development  and  technological  change and
manufacturing. In addition, a number of other factors could lead to fluctuations
in operating results,  including order  cancellations or reduced bookings by key
customers or distributors,  intellectual  property  developments,  international
events, currency fluctuations, problems in obtaining adequate raw materials on a
timely basis, and the loss of key personnel.  As only a portion of the Company's
expenses  varies with its revenues,  there can be no assurance  that the Company
will be able to reduce  costs  promptly  or  adequately  in  relation to revenue
declines  to  compensate  for the  effect  of any  such  factors.  As a  result,
unfavorable  changes in the above or other  factors  have in the past and may in
the future adversely affect the Company's operating results.

         The Company  believes that  inflation has not had a material  effect on
the results of its operations during the periods presented.

IMPACT OF CHANGES IN EXCHANGE RATES

The Company's results of operations and financial condition can be significantly
affected  by  changes  in  exchange  rates  between  the U.S.  dollar  and other
currencies,  particularly the Italian lira, the French franc, the English pound,
the German mark and the Singapore dollar.

         Revenues for certain  products  (primarily  dedicated  products sold in
Europe) that are quoted in  currencies  other than the U.S.  dollar are directly
affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar. Revenues for all other
products,  which are quoted in U.S. dollars and translated into local currencies
for payment,  tend not to be affected  significantly by fluctuations in exchange
rates except to the extent that there is a lag between changes in currency rates
and adjustments in the local currency equivalent price paid for such products.

         Certain  significant  costs  incurred  by the  Company,  such as direct
labor,  selling,   general  and  administrative   expenses,   and  research  and
development expenses,  are incurred in the currencies of jurisdictions where the
Company's operations are located. Fluctuations in the value of these currencies,
particularly the Italian lira and the French franc,  compared to the U.S. dollar
can affect the Company's costs and therefore its profitability.

         The strong  depreciation  which the U.S. dollar registered in the first
six months of 1995 against the  principal  European and Asian  currencies  which
have a material  impact on the Company  resulted in a negative impact on results
of  operations  for  the  period.  In the  third  quarter  of  1995  the  slight
appreciation  of the U.S.  dollar  against  the  principal  European  and  Asian
currencies  which have a material  impact on the Company  resulted in a marginal
impact on the Company's results of operations. In 1994,

                                       32

<PAGE>

                        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.


the Company  estimates that the beneficial net impact of a stronger U.S.  dollar
compared to 1993 accounted for a marginal amount of the Company's improvement in
operating  profit. In 1993, the positive impact of the depreciation in the value
of the Italian lira compared to the U.S. dollar significantly decreased selling,
general and administrative  expenses and research and development  expenses as a
percentage of net  revenues.  The Company  estimates  that the net exchange rate
effect accounted for approximately 29% of its improvement in operating profit in
1993 over 1992. The net exchange rate impact in 1992 compared to 1991,  however,
was negligible.  In 1991 and earlier  periods,  the net exchange rate impact was
negative, and in some cases materially adversely affected results of operations.

         The Company's principal  strategies to reduce the risks associated with
exchange rate  fluctuations  have been (i) to purchase certain raw materials and
equipment in transactions  denominated in dollars (thereby reducing the exchange
rate risk for costs relative to revenues,  which are principally  denominated or
determined by reference to the U.S.  dollar),  and (ii) to manage  certain other
costs, such as financial costs, to maintain an appropriate  balance between U.S.
dollars and other  currencies  based upon the currency  environment at the time.
Although from time to time the Company purchases or sells currencies  forward to
hedge currency risk in obligations or receivables,  the Company's  policy is not
to take speculative  positions through forward currency  contracts.  The Company
has  not  experienced  significant  gains  or  losses  as a  result  of  hedging
activities.  Its management strategies to reduce exchange rate risks have served
to mitigate, but not eliminate, the positive or negative impact of exchange rate
fluctuations.

         Assets,  shareholders' equity and liabilities of non-Dutch subsidiaries
are for  consolidation  purposes  translated  into U.S.  dollars at the year-end
exchange rate. See Note 2.3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Income and
expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. Adjustments
resulting from the translation are recorded  directly in  shareholders'  equity,
and are shown as  "translation  adjustment"  in the  consolidated  statements of
shareholders'  equity. The balance sheet impact of such translation  adjustments
has been, and may be expected to continue to be, material from period to period.

         The Company's outstanding indebtedness is denominated principally in
Italian lire, U.S. dollars, Singapore dollars and French francs. See
"Liquidity and Capital Resources" and Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company's net cash  generated  from  operations  totalled  $825.1 million in
1995, compared to $728.1 million in 1994 and $460.9 million in 1993.

         In  1993,  1994  and  1995,   significantly  increased  net  cash  from
operations  and cash from a two-step $500 million  capital stock increase in May
and September  1993,  and the net proceeds of $198.7  million and $371.6 million
resulting  from the Initial  Public  Offering  and the second  public  offering,
respectively,  enabled the  Company to  substantially  reduce its  indebtedness,
finance  capital  expenditure  and improve its balance sheet.  As a result,  the
Company has passed from net indebtedness of approximately $905 million and a net
financial  debt-to-equity ratio of 1.89:1 at December 31, 1991 to a positive net
financial position (cash, cash equivalents and marketable debt securities net of
total debt) of $64.9 million at December 31, 1995. As the average  interest cost
on  the  Company's  outstanding  indebtedness  is  approximately  equal  to  its
investment return on short-term investments, the Company has elected not to make
any further  pre-payments on its  indebtedness.  Including the $371.6 million in
net proceeds from the second  public  offering  completed in October  1995,  the
Company  had  approximately   $758.4  million  in  cash,  cash  equivalents  and
marketable  securities at December 31, 1995. Cash and cash equivalents increased
from $263.5  million at December 31, 1993 to $457.2 million at December 31, 1994
and to $754.0  million at December 31, 1995. At December 31, 1995, the aggregate
amount of the Company's  long-term  credit  facilities  was  approximately  $289
million, all of which was outstanding, and the aggregate amount of the Company's
unconfirmed  short-term  facilities was approximately $784 million,  under which
approximately  $405 million of  indebtedness  was  outstanding.  The Company has
approximately $88 million of long-term  indebtedness that will become due within
one year,  and expects to fund such debt  repayments  from  available  cash. The
Company enters into interest rate swap agreements from time to time.

                                       33

<PAGE>

         The Company's  capital  expenditures  totalled  $181.2 million in 1991,
$196.0  million  in 1992,  $445.9  million in 1993,  $779.7  million in 1994 and
$1,001.9  million in 1995.  Capital spending prior to 1994 was used primarily to
increase  capacity  with  market  growth  and to modify  existing  manufacturing
facilities to improve efficiency. Commencing in 1993, however, the Company began
a more substantial capital expenditure program intended to enable the Company to
increase  manufacturing  capacity through the construction of new  manufacturing
facilities. Capital expenditures for 1994 were principally devoted to completion
of the Crolles facility,  expansion of certain 5-inch facilities,  conversion of
certain  facilities  to 6-inch  production,  and  expansion of certain  back-end
assembly and test  facilities.  Capital  expenditures  for 1995 were principally
devoted  to  completion  of the  first  phase of the  Phoenix  8-inch  front-end
manufacturing facility, completion of the 8-inch wafer equipment installation in
Crolles,   conversion  of  existing   facilities  to  5-inch  and  6-inch  wafer
fabrication  and  equipping  of an 8-inch  front-end  manufacturing  facility in
Catania.

         The Company currently expects that capital spending for the foreseeable
future will continue to be at high levels, as in 1994 and 1995. Specifically, in
light of the  currently  expected  market  trends and  conditions,  for 1996 the
Company has again planned a  significant  amount for capital  expenditures  that
will be used for a variety of projects.  The most  significant  of the Company's
1996 capital  expenditure  projects are expected to be (i) the completion of the
8-inch front-end wafer fabrication plant in Crolles,  France (currently budgeted
at approximately $150 million),  (ii) the completion of phase two of its project
to ramp up  production at its Phoenix,  Arizona  8-inch  front-end  facility for
wafer fabrication (currently budgeted at approximately $120 million),  (iii) the
completion  of phase two of its project to equip its 8-inch  front-end  facility
located in Catania, Italy (currently budgeted at approximately $100 million) and
(iv) the extension and the conversion of an existing  facility in Agrate,  Italy
to 8-inch wafer fabrication  (currently  budgeted at approximately $40 million).
Other  individual  projects  scheduled for 1996,  involving  both  front-end and
back-end  facilities,  are budgeted to require  further  amounts.  In 1995,  the
Company's  receivables from government agencies increased to $184.7 million from
$178.0 million at December 31, 1994, due primarily to the execution of contracts
for research and development and capital  expenditure  grants. See Note 7 to the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.   In  1995,  the  Company's  advances  from
government agencies increased to $11.2 million from $6.8 million at December 31,
1994. See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Although the timing
of receipt of funds under  government  contracts  had been  delayed from time to
time, in the past the Company has always  received the full amounts  recorded in
such receivables.

         The Company  expects to have  significant  capital  requirements in the
coming years and intends to continue to devote a substantial  portion of its net
revenues  to research  and  development.  The Company  plans to fund its capital
requirements from cash from operations,  available funds, available support from
third parties (including state support,  principally from the French and Italian
governments)  and may make recourse to borrowings  under available  credit lines
and, to the extent necessary or attractive based on market conditions prevailing
at the time, the sale of debt or additional equity  securities.  There can be no
assurance that  additional  financing will be available as necessary to fund the
Company's    working   capital    requirements,    research   and   development,
industrialization  costs or  expansion  plans,  or that any such  financing,  if
available, will be on terms acceptable to the Company.

         The Company  believes  that its  available  funds,  the proceeds of the
offering  completed in October  1995,  available  support from third parties and
additional  borrowings  will be  sufficient  to meet its  anticipated  needs for
liquidity through at least 1996.

                                       34

<PAGE>
Consolidated Statements of Income              SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Twelve months ended December 31,
                                                                 ==============================================
(Currency-thousands of U.S. dollars except per share amounts)            1993             1994             1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>              <C>
Net sales                                                           2,007,669        2,602,205        3,520,670
Other revenues (Note 17)                                               29,864           42,736           33,749
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                                                        2,037,533        2,644,941        3,554,419
 Cost of sales                                                     (1,248,420)      (1,528,694)      (2,096,039)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit                                                          789,113        1,116,247        1,458,380
 Selling, general and administrative                                 (302,495)        (339,858)        (413,148)
 Research and development                                            (270,904)        (338,361)        (440,334)
 Restructuring costs(Note 19)                                         (49,900)         (37,032)         (12,975)
 Other income and expenses(Note 20)                                    49,673           31,984           59,107
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating profit                                                      215,487          432,980          651,030
 Net interest expenses (Note 21)                                      (37,787)         (21,022)         (16,854)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profit before tax                                                     177,700          411,958          634,176
 Income tax                                                           (17,613)         (49,464)        (108,282)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profit before minority interests                                      160,087          362,494          525,894
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minority interests                                                       --               --                584
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings                                                          160,087          362,494          526,478
===============================================================================================================
Net earnings per share (Note 12)                                         1.92             3.04             4.03
===============================================================================================================
Number of shares at the end of the period                         118,997,640      128,603,880      138,208,680
Number of weighted average shares                                  83,537,518      119,392,417      130,647,079
===============================================================================================================
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these income statements.

                                       35


<PAGE>
Consolidated Balance Sheets                    SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          As at December 31,
                                                                  ==========================================
(Currency-thousands of U.S. dollars)                                      1993           1994           1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
Assets
Current assets
 Cash and cash equivalents (Note 4)                                    263,536        457,234        754,046
 Marketable debt securities (Note 4)                                    63,910          4,249          4,354
 Trade accounts and notes receivable (Note 5)                          350,615        449,855        595,419
 Inventories, net (Note 6)                                             283,514        343,037        450,649
 Other receivables and assets (Note 7)                                 269,514        320,685        360,262
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current assets                                                 1,231,089      1,575,060      2,164,730
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed assets
 Goodwill, net (Note 8)                                                  3,189          1,752            315
 Other intangible assets, net (Note 9)                                   9,965         15,480         13,071
 Property, plant and equipment (Note 10)                             2,185,778      3,125,079      4,180,495
 Less-Accumulated depreciation (Note 10)                            (1,205,628)    (1,503,739)    (1,880,993)
 Investments and other non-current assets (Note 11)                     16,535         11,059          8,388
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total fixed assets, net                                              1,009,839      1,649,631      2,321,276
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                                         2,240,928      3,224,691      4,486,006
============================================================================================================
Liabilities and shareholders' equity

Current liabilities
 Bank overdrafts and current portion of long-term debt (Note 15)       231,056        322,456        492,788
 Trade accounts and notes payable                                      285,619        470,894        507,889
 Other debts and accrued liabilities (Note 16)                         221,361        280,144        342,738
 Accrued and deferred income tax                                         6,626         71,469        138,256
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current liabilities                                              744,662      1,144,963      1,481,671
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Long-term debt (Note 15)                                              374,845        277,219        200,660
 Reserves for pension and termination indemnities (Note 13)             67,906         81,992         94,956
 Other non-current liabilities (Note 14)                                49,504         40,478         37,462
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities                                                      492,255        399,689        333,078
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minority interests                                                        --             --            9,542
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Capital stock (1995: 138,208,680 shares;
 1994: 128,603,880 shares; 1993:118,997,640
 shares) (Note 12)                                                     906,451        981,500      1,066,528
 Capital surplus                                                       484,009        625,906        922,065
 Accumulated result                                                   (304,778)        57,716        584,039
 Translation adjustments                                               (81,671)        14,917         89,083
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' equity                                                 1,004,011      1,680,039      2,661,715
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                           2,240,928      3,224,691      4,486,006
============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

For commitments and contingencies: Note 26
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                                                 36

<PAGE>
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows          SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Twelve months ended December 31,
                                                          =======================================
(Currency-thousands of U.S. dollars)                           1993           1994           1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>          <C>
Net Profit (loss)                                           160,087        362,494        525,894
 Add (deduct):
  - Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets           229,404        287,985        392,390
  - Other non-cash items                                     35,581         94,108         23,246
  - Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries            --             --              584
 Change in:
  - Trade receivable                                        (61,106)       (71,290)      (126,603)
  - Inventories                                              (2,382)       (35,031)       (91,412)
  - Trade payables                                           21,689         78,144         17,005
  - Other assets and liabilities, net                        77,585         11,718         84,025
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash from operating activities                          460,858        728,128        825,129
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Payments for purchase of tangible assets(Note 10)         (445,881)      (779,696)    (1,001,936)
 Proceeds from sales of tangible assets                       5,775          1,455
 Payment for purchases of intangible assets                 (11,103)        (5,951)         2,868
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Net cash used in operational investing activities         (451,209)      (784,192)      (999,068)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net operating cash-flows                                      9,649        (56,064)      (173,939)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Investment in marketable debt securities (net)             (63,910)        59,618              5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                      (515,119)      (724,574)      (999,063)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                    44,707         13,702         11,741
 Repayment of long-term debt                               (151,789)      (148,554)       (96,202)
 Increase (decrease) in short-term facilities              (162,724)       101,224        165,298
 Capital increase                                           500,000        202,836        391,321
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash from financing activities                          230,194        169,208        472,158
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Effect of changes in exchange rates                        (11,880)        20,936         (1,412)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash total                                              164,053        193,698        296,812
=================================================================================================
 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period        99,483        263,536        457,234
=================================================================================================
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period             263,536        457,234        754,046
=================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       37

<PAGE>

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
                        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Accumulated
                                       Capital       Capital          earnings      Translation  Shareholders'
(Currency-thousands of U.S. dollars)    stock*       surplus         (deficits)      adjustment        equity
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>         <C>
Balance as of January 1, 1993         674,340        216,120           (464,865)       (12,705)       412,890
 Capital stock adjustment            (267,889)       267,889                                                0
 Capital increase in cash             500,000                                                         500,000
 Net earnings for the year                                              160,087                       160,087
 Translation adjustment                                                                (68,966)       (68,966)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as of December 31, 1993       906,451        484,009           (304,778)       (81,671)     1,004,011
 Capital increase in cash              75,049        123,772                                          198,821
 Stock option compensation                            18,125                                           18,125
 Net earnings for the year                                              362,494                       362,494
 Translation adjustment                                                                 96,588         96,588
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as of December 31, 1994       981,500        625,906             57,716         14,917      1,680,039
 Capital increase in cash              85,028        294,455                                          379,483
 Deferred compensation                                 1,704               (155)                        1,549
 Net earnings for the year                                              526,478                       526,478
 Translation adjustment                                                                 74,166         74,166
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as of December 31, 1995     1,066,528        922,065            584,039         89,083      2,661,715
=============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

*138,208,680  shares  of  NLG  13.75  par  value  each  at  December  31,  1995;
128,603,880  shares of NLG 13.75 par value each at December 31, 1994;  2,974,941
shares of NLG 550 par value each at December 31, 1993.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       38

<PAGE>
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.
As of December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 (Currency -- Thousands of U.S. dollars)

1. THE COMPANY

SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics  N.V.  (the  "Company")  was formed in 1987 by the
combination of the semiconductor business of SGS Microelettronica (then owned by
Societa Finanziaria  Telefonica S.p.A.  (S.T.E.T.),  an Italian corporation) and
the non-military business of Thomson Semiconducteurs (then owned by Thomson-CSF,
a  French  corporation),  whereby  each  company  contributed  their  respective
semiconductor businesses in exchange for a 50% interest in the Company.

         The  Company  is  registered  in the  Netherlands  with  its  statutory
domicile in Amsterdam.

         As of December 31,  1995,  the Company was 69.36%  (December  31, 1994:
80.89%) owned by SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics  Holding II B.V., 0% by Thorn Emi
plc (December 31, 1994: 2.78%) and 30.64% by the public (December 31, 1994:
16.33%).

         At December 31, 1995, SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics Holding II B.V. was
100% owned by SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics Holding N.V.

         At December 31, 1995 and at December 31, 1994, SGS-THOMSON
Microelectronics Holding N.V. was owned:

- - 50% by FT2CI, a French holding company,  whose  shareholders in turn are FT1CI
(50.1%) and Thomson-CSF  (49.9%);  FT1CI, a French holding company,  is owned by
CEA-Industrie (51%) and France Telecom (49%);

- - 50%, (48.14% in 1993) by M.E.I.-Microelettronica Italiana s.r.l. ("M.E.I."),
an Italian Holding company, whose shareholders are Comitato per l'intervento
nella SIR ed in settori ad alta tecnologia ("Comitato SIR") (49.9%) and Istituto
per la Ricostruzione Industriale S.p.A. (I.R.I.) (50.1%).

The Company  operates in an  environment  subjected to the  following  risks and
factors:

- - the highly cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry,

- - the need for  significant  amounts of capital  and  funding to  undertake  the
research and development  necessary to meet the rapidly  changing  technological
needs of customers,

- - intense competition,

- - costs of obtaining, protecting and enforcing essential patents and other
intellectual property rights,

- - a high sensibility to the U.S. dollar exchange rate,

- - a certain dependence toward raw material suppliers, mainly for silicium
purchases.

2. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

2.1)    Principles of consolidation

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been prepared in accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (U.S.
GAAP).

        The Company maintains its books and presents its financial statements in
accordance with Dutch accounting principles, which have been restated to conform
with U.S. GAAP.

         The  financial  statements  of  the  consolidated  subsidiaries,   when
prepared in accordance  with the  accounting  principles  generally  accepted in
their local country, have been restated to conform with U.S. GAAP.

         The  initial  combination  of  the  SGS  Microelettronica  and  Thomson
Semiconducteurs  civilian  semi-conductor  businesses  was  accounted for as the
creation of a joint  venture.  Accordingly,  the assets and  liabilities  of the
combined  entities  were  recorded  in the books of the joint  venture  at their
carrying amounts at the date of combination.

         All significant  intercompany balances and transactions were eliminated
upon consolidation.

2.2) Income recognition

- - Sales:  Revenues  on sales  of  semiconductor  products  are  recognized  upon
shipment  of the  products.  A  portion  of the  Company's  sales  are  made  to
distributors  who participate in certain  programs  common to the  semiconductor
industry  whereby  the  distributors  are  allowed to return  merchandise  under
certain  circumstances  and may receive future price  reductions.  Provision for
estimated  future  returns  and  allowances  is made at the time the  revenue is
recognized.

- - Subsidies:  Government  subsidies are recognized as related costs are incurred
commencing when the subsidies'  contract is signed with the relevant  government
department  or agency.  Government  subsidies for research and  development  are
included   in  "other   income   and   expenses".   Government   subsidies   for
industrialization  costs are offset against related expenses in "cost of sales".
Government  subsidies for capital expenditures are deducted from the cost of the
related fixed assets.

2.3) Translation of foreign subsidiaries' financial statements

The United States dollar is the reporting  currency for the Company  because the
Company does not have any  operations in the  Netherlands  and the dollar is the
currency

                                       39


<PAGE>

of reference in terms of market pricing in the worldwide semiconductor industry.
Furthermore,  there is no currency in which the  majority  of  transactions  are
denominated, and revenues from external sales in U.S. dollars exceed revenues in
any other currency.

         The functional currency used by each significant  subsidiary throughout
the group is the local currency.

         Financial statements of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S.
dollar equivalents as follows:

- - balance sheet items are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at balance
sheet date,

- - income statement items are translated at the average exchange rate for the
period.

        Translation  gains or losses  are  recorded  directly  in  shareholders'
equity under "Translation adjustment".

2.4)    Foreign currency transactions

Assets,  liabilities,  revenue,  expenses,  gains or losses arising from foreign
currency  transactions are recorded in the functional  currency of the recording
entity at the exchange  rate in effect at the date of the  transaction.  At each
balance sheet date,  recorded balances  denominated in a currency other than the
recording  entity's  functional  currency are  translated  at the exchange  rate
prevailing at that date.  The related  exchange gains and losses are recorded in
the income statement.

2.5) Marketable debt securities

Prior to 1994,  marketable  debt  securities were stated at the lower of cost or
market  value.  Any  variation in the carrying  amount is recorded in the income
statement.

         As of January 1, 1994,  the  Company  applied  the  provisions  of FASB
Statement  N(degree)115  "Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities"  ("SFAS  115").  Under  SFAS  115,  the  Company  accounts  for  its
investments in marketable  debt  securities as "available for sale"  securities.
"Available for sale" securities are stated at market value with changes in
market value recognized in shareholders' equity.

         The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS 115 was immaterial.

2.6)    Goodwill

Goodwill  acquired in a business  combination  is amortized  over its  estimated
useful life.  When  factors  indicate  that  goodwill  should be  evaluated  for
possible  impairment,  the Company  uses an  estimate  of the  related  acquired
business'  undiscounted  net income over the  remaining  life of the goodwill in
measuring whether the goodwill is recoverable.

2.7)    Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets include the cost of technologies and licenses  purchased
from  third  parties.  They are  amortized  over a period  ranging  from five to
eighteen years.

2.8)    Property, plant and equipment

Property,  plant and equipment are stated at acquisition  cost, net of equipment
subsidies.  Depreciation  is computed  under the  straight-line  method over the
following estimated useful lives:

================================================
Buildings                               33 years
Leasehold improvements                  10 years
Machinery and equipment                  6 years
EDP and R&D equipment                  3-6 years
Other                                  2-5 years
================================================

         Assets  subject to leasing  agreements and classified as capital leases
are included in  property,  plant and  equipment  and  depreciated  as described
above,  except for some buildings in the United Kingdom which are amortized over
the lease term (20  years).  The  related  lease  obligation  is  recorded  as a
liability.

2.9) Investments

The equity  accounting  method is used when the  Company has a 20% to 50% equity
interest and the ability to exercise significant influence over the investee. As
of January 1, 1994, under the requirements of SFAS 115, other equity investments
are  classified as "available  for sale"  securities and stated at market value,
with changes in market value recognized in shareholders'  equity. Prior to 1994,
those investments were stated at the lower cost and market value.

         The Company's share in the two French  Research & Development  interest
groups' results ("G.I.E.  Centre Commun CNET SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics S.A."
and "G.I.E. Thomson Consumer Electronic Components") is recorded in research and
development expenses and the Company's share in the French manufacturing groups'
result ("Groupement  Europeen  d'Assemblage  Automatique G.I.E.") is recorded in
cost of sales.

                                       40

<PAGE>

                        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.

2.10) Inventory

Raw  materials  and  supplies are stated at the lower of cost (using the average
cost method) and market value.  Finished goods and work in process are stated at
the lower of production  cost and market value.  Production cost includes direct
material and labor costs and indirect  overhead.  No administrative  and general
costs are included in  inventories.  Market value for raw  materials is based on
replacement  cost and for  other  inventory  classifications  on net  realizable
value.

2.11) Accounts receivable

Accounts  receivable  are stated at face value,  less an allowance  for possible
uncollectible accounts.

2.12) Research and development

Research and development costs are charged to expenses as incurred.  For some of
its  research  and  development  programs,  the  Company  receives  grants  from
governmental  agencies;  these grants are recognized in the income  statement in
"Other income and expenses".

2.13) Pension and termination indemnities

- - Pension: Upon retirement, the Company's employees receive such benefits as are
provided  by  pension  plan   arrangements;   these  plans  conform  with  local
regulations and practices of the countries in which the Company operates.

         The Company  follows the  requirements  of FASB Statement  N(degree) 87
("SFAS 87") in accounting for pension costs and obligations.

- - Termination indemnities:

Italy

Italian law provides for an indemnity to be paid to personnel  upon  termination
of  employment.  The  amount of  indemnity  is based upon the number of years of
service.

         As provided for by EITF  N(degree) 88-1 the  undiscounted  value of the
vested benefit  obligation at the balance sheet date is recorded as a liability.
That vested benefit  obligation  exceeds the amount that would be provided under
the actuarial approach of FASB 87.

France

In France,  an  indemnity  is paid to personnel  only upon  retirement  from the
Company.  The  French  entity  recognizes  the  related  cost and  liability  in
accordance  with SFAS 87, with the prior years'  liability  being amortized over
the average remaining service period until retirement age.

2.14) Restructuring costs

Restructuring  costs include incremental costs to be incurred as a result of the
adoption  by  management  of a  formal  plan  to  reorganize  its  manufacturing
activities.  Such costs may include severance  payments,  moving costs and fixed
asset write-offs.

2.15) Income taxes

Since January 1, 1993, the Company  accounts for income taxes in accordance with
the requirements of FASB Statement N(degree) 109,  "Accounting for Income Taxes"
("SFAS 109").  Under SFAS 109, the provision  for current taxes  represents  the
income taxes payable based on the tax return for the period. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are recorded for all temporary  differences  arising between the
tax and book basis of assets and liabilities and for the benefits of tax credits
and loss carryforwards.

         Those  deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  are  measured  using the
enacted tax rates at which they are expected to be realized or paid. A valuation
allowance is provided for deferred tax assets that are more "likely than not" to
be realized in the future.

         The  cumulative  effect of  adopting  SFAS 109 in 1993 was  immaterial.
Prior to 1993, the Company followed the requirements of APB 11.

2.16) Financial instruments

- -  Interest  rate  swap  agreements:  The  Company  enters  into  interest  swap
agreements with the purpose of changing the floating rates of certain loans into
fixed rates.

         The  differential to be paid or received is recognized over the life of
the agreements.

- - Forward exchange contracts: The Company enters into foreign exchange contracts
as a hedge against  accounts  payable and  receivable in foreign  currencies and
against firm sale  commitments  (ranging from one to six months from the balance
sheet date).  Premiums or discounts on those  contracts  are  recognized  in the
income  statement over the life of the contract.  Unrealized gains or losses are
matched against the corresponding asset or liability.

- - Sale of receivables  with recourse:  In accordance  with SFAS 77,  receivables
sold  with  recourse  to banks  are  removed  from the  balance  sheet  when the
transaction purports to be a sale and the recourse obligations can be reasonably
estimated.

                                       41

<PAGE>
2.17) New statements of accounting principles.

In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued a statement,  SFAS 121,
"Impairment of long lived assets". The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS 121 in
1995 is not material.

3. CONSOLIDATED ENTITIES

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts  of  SGS-THOMSON
Microelectronics N.V. and the following entities as of December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Percentage
                                                                                         Common       Ownership
                                                                                          Stock       (Direct or
                   Legal Seat       Name                                               (Thousands)     Indirect)
<S>                <C>              <C>                                           <C>                       <C>
United Kingdom     London           SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics LTD                    9,900 GBP           100
                   London           Thomson Components LTD                              1,150 GBP           100
                   Bristol          SGS-THOMSON E.E.I.G.                                    0 GBP           100
Sweden             Stockholm        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics A.B.                  16,000 SEK           100
Germany            Munich           SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics GmbH                  12,901 DEM           100
Switzerland        Geneva           SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics S.A.                     500 CHF           100
Malta              Malta            SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics LTD                   21,590 MTP           100
Spain              Madrid           SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics S.A.                  55,000 ESP           100
France             Paris            SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics S.A.               2,027,939 FRF           100
                   Paris            Thomson Composants Distribution S.A.                6,850 FRF           100
                   Paris            SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics S.N.C.                     0 FRF           100
Italy              Milano           SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics SRL              424,888,000 ITL           100
                   Catania          CORIMME                                        14,000,000 ITL           100
Singapore          Singapore        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics PTE LTD              179,997 SGD           100
                   Singapore        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics ASIA PACIFIC PTE LTD  13,982 SGD           100
Malaysia           Muar             SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics SDN BHD              196,805 MYR           100
                   Muar             SGS-THOMSON (Malaysia) SDN BHD                      0,002 MYR           100
Japan              Tokyo            SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics KK                    68,000 JPY           100
Hong Kong          Hong Kon g       SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics LTD                      780 HKD           100
Australia          Sydney           SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics PTY LTD                  185 AUD           100
United States      Dallas           SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics Inc.                  22,000 USD           100
                   Dallas           SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics Leasing Co Inc.            1 USD           100
Brazil             Sao Paulo        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics Ltda               8,925,300 BRN           100
Morocco            Casablanca       SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics S.A.                  66,000 MAD           100
                   Casablanca       Electronic Holding S.A.                             3,110 MAD           100
China              Shenzhen         Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co LTD              211,118 CNY            60
India              New Delhi        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics PTE LTD               62,000 INR           100
</TABLE>

        In January  1994,  Northern  Telecom  and  SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics
signed an agreement for joint technology development and manufacturing of custom
integrated circuit components. Under this agreement SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics
has  acquired a  manufacturing  plant  located in Rancho  Bernardo,  California,
U.S.A.

        In December 1994, INMOS Ltd (U.K.) and SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics
Ltd (U.K.) were merged. The merged Company is named SGS-THOMSON
Microelectronics Ltd.

        In 1994,  the Company  created a joint  venture with a subsidiary of the
Shenzhen  Electronics Group ("SEG") that is building and will operate a back-end
manufacturing  facility  and  design  center in the  Futian  free-trade  zone of
Shenzhen in southern China. SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics owns a 60% interest in
the joint venture, with a subsidiary of SEG owning the remaining 40%.

                                       42

<PAGE>
4. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            December 31,
                                        1994       1995
                                        ----       ----
<S>                                  <C>        <C>
Cash                                   6,007        801
Bank accounts                        396,669    748,591
Marketable securities (with
 maturity under 3 months)             54,558      4,654
Total                                457,234    754,046
Marketable securities (with
 maturity over 3 months)               4,249      4,354
</TABLE>

        Marketable  securities  consist  mainly of  certificates  of deposit not
traded.  There was no  significant  difference  between the book value of traded
marketable debt securities and their fair market value as of December 31, 1995.

5. TRADE ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE

Trade accounts and notes receivable consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            December 31,
                                        1994       1995
                                        ----       ----
<S>                                  <C>        <C>
Trade accounts and
 notes receivable, gross             463,873    613,300
Less valuation allowance             (14,018)   (17,881)

Total                                449,855    595,419
</TABLE>

        During  1995,   no  customer   represented   individually   over  5%  of
consolidated net revenues.

6. INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            December 31,
                                        1994       1995
                                        ----       ----
<S>                                  <C>        <C>
Raw materials                         70,851    126,756
Work-in-process                      177,789    202,817
Finished products                     94,397    121,076
Total                                343,037    450,649
</TABLE>

7. OTHER RECEIVABLES AND CURRENT ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            December 31,
                                        1994       1995
                                        ----       ----
<S>                                  <C>        <C>
Receivables from
 government agencies*                177,989    184,670
Taxes and other
 government receivables               73,483     53,996
Down payments to suppliers             1,883      7,577
Loans to employees                     4,910      5,201
Prepaid expenses                      16,108     21,685
Sundry debtors                        13,597     18,419
Deferred tax (note 22)                14,572     43,331
Other                                 18,143     25,383
Total                                320,685    360,262
</TABLE>

* Related to research and development contracts, industrialization contracts and
capital expenditures.

8. GOODWILL

Goodwill consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  December 31,
               Gross      Depreciation    1995, net       1994, net
               -----      ------------    ---------       ---------
<S>           <C>              <C>              <C>           <C>
INMOS         17,888           (17,888)           0               0
MSC            2,423            (2,423)           0               0
TAG            4,311            (3,996)         315           1,752
Total         24,622           (24,307)         315           1,752
</TABLE>

9. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangible assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            December 31,
                                        1994       1995
                                        ----       ----
<S>                                  <C>        <C>
Pension transition obligation          4,166      2,142
Technologies and licenses, gros       68,762     61,806
Less--accumulated amortization       (57,448)   (50,877)
Total                                 15,480     13,071
</TABLE>

                                       43

<PAGE>
10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            =======================================
                                Gross      Depreciation         Net
                            ---------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>              <C>          <C>
DECEMBER 31, 1993
Land and building             195,517           (39,807)    155,710
Machinery and
 equipment                  1,755,535        (1,078,117)    677,418
Other tangible
 fixed assets                 119,561           (87,544)     32,017
Prepayments and
 construction
 in progress                  115,165              (160)    115,005
                            ---------------------------------------
TOTAL                       2,185,778        (1,205,628)    980,150

DECEMBER 31, 1994
Land and building             259,690           (50,196)    209,494
Machinery and
 equipment                  2,444,442        (1,350,180)  1,094,262
Other tangible
 fixed assets                 163,747          (103,203)     60,544
Prepayments and
 construction
 in progress                  257,200              (160)    257,040
                            ---------------------------------------
TOTAL                       3,125,079        (1,503,739)  1,621,340

DECEMBER 31, 1995
Land and building             344,439           (63,957)    280,482
Machinery
 and equipment              3,414,102        (1,689,923)  1,724,179
Other tangible
 fixed assets                 197,375          (127,113)     70,262
Prepayments and
 construction
 in progress                  224,579                --     224,579
                            ---------------------------------------
TOTAL                       4,180,495        (1,880,993)  2,299,502
                            =======================================
</TABLE>

The increase in capital  expenditures  in 1995,  1994 and 1993 was mainly due to
capacity  expansions in the manufacturing  plants in order to support the strong
billing  increase and to  significant  investments  in research and  development
facilities.  Major  investments  were made in European plants (Agrate,  Catania,
Crolles,  Rennes,  Rousset),  in Asia/Pacific  (Malaysia and Singapore),  in the
United  States  (Dallas  and  Phoenix),  and in the  People's  Republic of China
(Shenzhen).

In 1993,  the  Company  decided to change  prospectively  the  useful  lives for
purposes of depreciation of workstations and office automation  equipment from 5
to 3 years.  The effect of this  change  for 1993  amounted  to $12,068  and was
reflected  partly in research  and  development  expenses and partly in selling,
general and administrative expenses in the income statement.

11. INVESTMENTS AND OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Investments and other non-current assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            December 31,
                                      =================
                                        1994       1995
                                      -----------------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>
Investments carried at fair value        577        578
Long-term deposits and receivables    10,482      7,810
                                      -----------------
TOTAL                                 11,059      8,388
                                      =================
</TABLE>

In December 1992, SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics (through its subsidiary INMOS
Ltd) acquired 30% of "Newport Wafer Fab Ltd.", a company incorporated in the
United Kingdom which manufactures and sells wafers to the semiconductor
industry. Newport Wafer Fab Ltd. was acquired through a contribution in kind and
its net equity amounted to $11,997 as of December 31, 1993. SGS-THOMSON
Microelectronics sold its shares in Newport Wafer Fab. Ltd. for $4,157 in
December 1994.

Long-term deposits and receivables consist of indemnities  receivable from third
parties on the sale of  businesses,  which bear  interest or are  discounted  to
reflect  their  present  value,  and of loans to Newport  Wafer Fab Ltd. and its
parent company amounting to $772 at December 31, 1995 ($1,976 in 1994; $8,500 in
1993).

12. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CAPITAL STOCK

In May 1993, the Company's net equity structure was modified through a par value
reduction of each share from NLG 1,000 to NLG 550. The  financial  effect of the
reduction  ($267,889) was initially applied against accumulated deficit (at that
date  ($464,865))  and the  remainder  to capital  surplus  ($196,976).  As this
operation  was not a  quasi-reorganization,  the  net  effect  of the par  value
reduction was applied against capital surplus.

During 1993, the Company issued  1,634,318 Common Shares with a par value of NLG
550 each, representing a capital stock increase of $500,000.

In 1994, the Shareholders  decided to effect a stock split from one share with a
par value of NLG 550 to 40 shares  with a par value of NLG 13.75.  Consequently,
except as otherwise indicated, all per share amounts included in these financial
statements reflect this split.

                                       44

<PAGE>
                        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.

In connection with the public sale of SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.'s shares
by the  Shareholders in December,  1994, (the "Initial  Public  Offering"),  the
Company  also  increased  the capital  stock  through the  issuance of 9,606,240
shares  with a par value of NLG 13.75 each.  These  shares were also sold to the
public. As a result, the capital stock increased $75,049 and the capital surplus
by $123,772.

As of December 31, 1994,  the capital  stock was made up of  128,603,880  shares
with a par value of NLG 13.75 each.

In connection with the public sale of SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.'s shares
by the  Shareholders  in October  1995,  the Company also  increased the capital
stock  through the  issuance of  8,960,000  shares with a par value of NLG 13.75
each.  These  shares  were also sold to the  public at a price of $42.09  net of
underwriting discounts and commissions. As a result, the capital stock increased
$79,356 and the capital surplus by $292,075.

In connection with the exercise of stock options (see below),  the Capital stock
increased by 644,800 shares with a par value of NLG 13.75 each. As a result, the
capital stock increased by $5,672 and capital surplus by $2,380.

As of December 31, 1995,  the capital  stock was made up of  138,208,680  shares
with a par value of NLG 13.75 each.

Weighted  average  number of shares  used to  determine  the  earning  per share
amounts are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>            <C>
==========================
       1995:   130,647,079

       1994:   119,392,417

       1993:    83,537,518
==========================
</TABLE>

STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Shareholders' general meeting held on June 30, 1989 approved the issuance of
1,634,400  options  (after the effect of the 40:1 share  split to be effected in
connection with the Initial Public Offering)  granted to 136 individuals.  These
options may be  exercised  until  December  18,  1999.  As of December 31, 1995,
644,800 options had been exercised.

At the time these  options were  granted,  the Company  determined  the exercise
price based on the nominal value of the Common Stock (NLG 25),  which was higher
than estimated fair value. In 1994, the minimum  exercise price for the existing
plan was reduced to NLG 17.50. As a result,  the Company incurred a compensation
charge in the fourth quarter of 1994, amounting to $18,125.

The  shares  corresponding  to the  options  will  be  created  through  capital
increase.

The Company expects that any future stock options will be granted at an exercise
price at least equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of
grant.

EMPLOYEE OFFERING PLAN

Pursuant to a resolution of the Supervisory  Board of the Company dated November
24, 1995, the Company  offered to certain of its employees  worldwide to acquire
up to a maximum  number  of 1,000  shares of  Common  Stock of the  Company  per
employee,  at a price of  $33.725  per  share.  Participating  employees  having
purchased  shares in the Employee  Share Offering and having held such shares at
least  until the first  anniversary  of the day on which such shares were issued
will be  entitled  to  purchase,  for each lot of ten  shares  purchased  in the
Employee Share  Offering,  one additional  share (a bonus share) at a discounted
price of $9. Upon completion of the Employee Share Offering,  a total of 243,710
shares were sold to participating employees worldwide.

This plan resulted in compensation expenses amounting to $1,549 in 1995.

RETAINED EARNINGS
At December 31, 1995, the amount of retained earnings available to pay dividends
under Dutch law was approximately $1,595,000 (1994: $698,000). Retained earnings
for purposes of this  calculation are based upon generally  accepted  accounting
principles in The Netherlands.

13. RESERVES FOR PENSION AND TERMINATION INDEMNITIES

Reserves for pension and termination indemnities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            December 31,
                                      =================
                                        1994       1995
- -------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>
Italy (a)                             75,237     86,733
Other countries (b)                    6,755      8,223
- -------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                 81,992     94,956
=======================================================
</TABLE>

                                       45

<PAGE>
(A) ITALY

In Italy,  an indemnity for personnel  termination is payable  immediately  upon
termination.  The  accrued  undiscounted  value  of  the  benefit  payable  (the
"Undiscounted  Benefit")  exceeds the actuarial  present value of the benefit if
payment is estimated to occur at the employee's  expected  termination date. The
Company has elected to record the  Undiscounted  Benefit in accordance with EITF
88-1.

Changes in the Undiscounted Benefit consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 December 31,
                                           =================
                                             1994       1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>
Accrual at the beginning
 of the period                             65,275     75,237
Accrued benefits                           11,901     14,533
Payments                                   (5,091)    (5,044)
Translation adjustment                      3,152      2,007
- ------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                      75,237     86,733
============================================================
</TABLE>

(B) OTHER COUNTRIES (FRANCE, UNITED KINGDOM AND GERMANY)

The funded status of pension plans and termination indemnities is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 December 31,
                                          ==================
                                             1994       1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>
Vested benefits                           (30,589)   (36,635)
Non-vested benefits                       (15,589)   (16,597)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Projected benefit obligation              (46,178)   (53,232)
Plan assets at fair value                  36,309     45,455
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Funded status                              (9,869)    (7,777)
Unrecognized transition obligation         (4,752)    (4,377)
Unrecognized prior service cost             7,844      7,298
Unrecognized net gains or losses            2,289        825
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Net accrued for pension plans              (4,488)    (4,031)
Accrual                                    (6,755)    (8,223)
Prepaid                                     2,267      4,192
============================================================
</TABLE>

The accumulated  benefit obligation  amounted to $45,046 as of December 31, 1995
($38,118 as of December 31, 1994).

The  periodic  net  pension  and  termination   indemnities  cost  includes  the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  December 31,
                                            ==========================
                                             1993       1994      1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>       <C>
Service cost of
 benefits earned                            1,330      2,819     3,613
Interest cost on liability                  1,585      2,482     3,016
Return on plan assets                      (2,466)       986    (3,716)
Net amortization and
 deferral                                    (118)    (3,379)      418
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                         331      2,908     3,331
======================================================================

Assumptions                                  1993       1994      1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Discount rate                                 7.0%       7.0%    7-8.5%
Salary increase rate                        4.5-6%     4.5-6%    4-6.5%
Expected rate of return
 on funds                                     8.5%       8.5%     8-10%
======================================================================
</TABLE>

14. OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,
                                              ===================
                                                1994         1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>
Provision for claims and litigation               --       16,000
Provision for restructuring cost               5,000           --
Provision for patent risks                    20,000       20,000
Long-term payables                            13,666           --
Other                                          1,812        1,462
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                         40,478       37,462
=================================================================
</TABLE>

15. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTEES                                  December 31,
                                       =================
                                        1994       1995
- --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>
Secured (mainly mortgages
 on land, building and
 liens on equipment)                  21,129     14,407
Unsecured                            256,090    186,253
- --------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                277,219    200,660
========================================================
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REPAYMENT SCHEDULE                          December 31,
                                       =================
                                        1994       1995
- --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>       <C>
N+2                                    90,142    86,509
N+3                                    85,387    33,058
N+4                                    29,559    30,163
N+5                                    28,647    29,814
Thereafter                             43,484    21,116
- --------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                 277,219   200,660
========================================================
</TABLE>

                                       46

<PAGE>
                        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INTEREST RATES                              December 31,
                                    ====================
                                        1994       1995
- --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>
Non interest bearing*                  5,242      4,661
From 0 to 3%                          98,580     87,005
From 3 to 6%                          39,452     36,071
From 6 to 10%                        114,873     66,035
From 10 to 15%                        19,072      6,888
- --------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                277,219    200,660
========================================================
</TABLE>

* Non-interest  bearing and low interest bearing borrowings relate to borrowings
under Italian and French governmental programs.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Currencies                                  December 31,
                                    ====================
                                        1994       1995
- --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>
U.S. dollar                           33,498        141
Italian lira                         138,187    120,333
French franc                          27,627     15,830
Singapore dollar                      33,420     26,622
Other                                 44,487     37,734
- --------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                277,219    200,660
========================================================
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1995, the current portion of long-term debt included in current
liabilities amounted to $88,248 (1994: $124,864).

At December 31, 1995, the above long-term debt included $746  obligations  under
capital leases (1994: $1,139).

Financial debt includes mainly:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    ====================
                                          1994    1995
- --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>     <C>
SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics NV
 Libor + 0,45% Bank Loan 1991-1996      66,667  33,333
 Libor + 1/8 Bank Loan 1988-1995        15,000      --
SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics S.A.
 Libor + 0,55% Bank Loan 1992-1997
   (French francs 100,000,000)          11,223      --
 RTDI + 0,5% Bank Loan 1985-1995
   (French francs 183,000,000)           6,418      --
 Libor + 0,55% Bank Loan 1992-1997
   (French francs 100,000,000)          11,223   8,163

SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics PTE Ltd
 PR + 0,25% Bank Loan 1991-1997
   (Singapore dollars 50,000,000)       19,019  11,783
 5.44% Bank Loan 1992-1997
   (Singapore dollars 40,000,000)       21,910  22,623

SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics s.r.l.
 2,15% 1991-2001 Government Loan
   (Italian lira 155,694,000,000)       95,879  86,933
========================================================
</TABLE>

16. OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,
                                               ====================
                                                  1994       1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>
Taxes other than income tax                     35,370     29,739
Salaries and wages                              61,768     69,062
Social charges                                  40,484     74,217
Advances received on fundings                    6,764     11,188
Provision for restructuring costs
 and assets write-down                          38,459     23,957
Litigation and other risks                       4,359     19,853
Commercial rebates                              16,154     31,992
Royalties payable                               18,470     38,427
Other                                           58,316     44,303
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                          280,144    342,738
===================================================================
</TABLE>

PROVISION FOR RESTRUCTURING COSTS

During  1993,  the  Company  decided  to  upgrade  the  technology  of its  main
production  plants  around  the  world.  This  upgrading  began in 1994 and will
continue  through 1996. It will involve  significant  fixed asset write-offs and
moving costs. The last restructuring operations are planned to occur in 1996.

                                       47

<PAGE>
The provision includes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,
                                               ====================
                                                  1994       1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>       <C>
Non-cash items:
- --Equipment, machinery and
facilities write-offs (net book value
at forecasted closing dates)                    23,200      4,292
Cash items:
- --Lay-off                                        4,539      6,882
- --Moving costs                                  15,720     12,783
Total                                           43,459     23,957
 Of which short-term                            38,459     23,957
 Of which long-term (see note 14)                5,000         --
===================================================================
</TABLE>

17. OTHER REVENUES

Other revenues consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,
                                               ====================
                                         1993      1994      1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>       <C>      <C>
Royalties and
 indemnities received                   5,412    14,056    16,549
Development services
 invoiced to customers                 22,329    23,126     9,800
Miscellaneous sales                     1,481     5,554     7,346
Other                                     642        --        54
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                  29,864    42,736    33,749
===================================================================
</TABLE>

18. PERSONNEL

Labor costs consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,
                                               ====================
                                         1993      1994      1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>       <C>       <C>
Salaries and wages                    453,573   524,844   643,559
Social security
 contribution                         131,047   162,235   194,650
Other                                  28,951    37,053    48,251
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                 613,571   724,132   886,460
===================================================================
</TABLE>

These costs are allocated to cost of sales, selling,  general and administrative
expenses and research and development costs.

At December 31, 1995, the Company employed 25,523 persons (1994: 22,017).

19. RESTRUCTURING COSTS

Restructuring costs consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,
                                               ====================
                                         1993      1994      1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>       <C>       <C>
Cash items
 Severance                              4,900    13,009     3,602
 Moving costs                          22,400     2,957     9,373
Non-cash items
 Asset write-offs                      22,600    21,066        --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                  49,900    37,032    12,975
===================================================================
</TABLE>

The cash outlays relating to the restructuring  costs are for the most part made
in the  period  the  costs  are  recorded  in  the  income  statement  or in the
subsequent period.

The main  benefits of the asset  write-offs  done in 1993 and 1994 will occur in
1995 and  subsequent  periods.  However,  the benefits  will not be  significant
because  of  relative  immateriality  of the costs  involved  and the  increased
depreciation  expense  in  future  periods  related  to the  upgrading  of  some
manufacturing plants around the world (see Note 14).

20. OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES

Other income and expenses consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,
                                               ====================
                                         1993      1994      1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>       <C>
Research and
 development fundings*                 84,257    80,139    89,643
Patents income
 (expense) net                         (8,631)   (7,598)   (8,055)
Exchange gain (loss)                    8,886     1,982     5,082
Start-up costs                         (1,602)   (8,847)  (26,489)
Litigation and other risks            (10,000)        0         0
Goodwill amortization
 and write-off                        (15,496)   (1,437)   (1,437)
Stock-option plan
 compensation charge                        0   (18,125)        0
Other                                  (7,741)  (14,130)       363
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                  49,673    31,984     59,107
===================================================================
</TABLE>

* Does not include certain other funding  received for  industrialization  costs
(which  include  certain  costs  incurred  to bring  prototype  products  to the
production  stage).  Such  funding  and costs are netted in cost of sales in the
income  statement  (in the  amount of  $20,400  for 1993;  $19,276  for 1994 and
$11,825 for 1995).

                                       48

<PAGE>
21. NET INTEREST EXPENSES

Net interest expenses consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     December 31,
                    ==============================
                      1993       1994     1995
- --------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>        <C>        <C>
Income               11,300     20,500     35,206
Expense             (49,087)   (41,522)   (52,060)
- --------------------------------------------------
TOTAL               (37,787)   (21,022)   (16,854)
==================================================
</TABLE>

22. INCOME TAX

SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries are individually liable
for income tax. Tax losses can only offset profits generated by the company
incurring a loss.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    December 31,
                                   =============================================
                                      1993            1994             1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<S>                                 <C>             <C>             <C>
Domestic (The Netherlands)                0                0               0
U.S.                                 (3,162)         (6,304)          (9,558)
Foreign                              (9,642)        (24,280)        (105,089)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current                             (12,804)        (30,584)        (114,647)
Deferred                             (4,809)        (18,880)           6,365
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                               (17,613)        (49,464)        (108,282)
================================================================================
</TABLE>


         Reconciliation  between the provision for income tax and pre-tax income
is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              December 31,
                                ===========================================
                                  1993             1994              1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>              <C>              <C>
Net earnings (loss)              160,087          362,494          525,894
Income tax                        17,613           49,464          108,282
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equity in earnings of
 affiliates
Pre-tax income                   177,700          411,958          634,176
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Theoretical income tax
 (35%--statutory tax
 in The Netherlands)              62,195          144,185          221,962
Permanent differences             (5,713)         (12,403)         (50,601)
Changes in unrecognized
 net deferred tax assets
Variation in valuation
 allowance                       (41,656)         (70,645)         (25,528)
Other taxes and credits            3,037           (9,962)         (32,252)
Effect of tax rate
 differences                        (250)          (1,711)          (5,299)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income tax                    17,613           49,464          108,282
===========================================================================
</TABLE>



         Permanent  differences  reflect  mainly (i) the  effects of the special
pioneer  regimes  existing in certain  Southeast  Asian  countries  and (ii) the
non-deductible goodwill depreciation.

         Pioneer status currently  applies to one of the Company's two Singapore
factories.  Under this regime all the profits of this  operation  calculated  in
accordance with normal taxation rules and after deduction of capital  allowances
are exempt from Singapore  income tax for the specified  pioneer period.  In the
case of the Company,  this pioneer  period  expires on December 31, 1996.  After
this date,  the part of the  Company's  operations  currently  enjoying  pioneer
status will cease to enjoy any tax privileges and will be subject to taxation on
the same basis as the second (non-pioneer) factory unless further incentives are
applied for and  obtained.  The aggregate  effect of the tax holiday  amounts to
$13,190  in 1995 (per  share:  $0.10),  $12,166 in 1994 (per  share:  $0.10) and
$9,354 in 1993 (per share:  $0.11).  The tax  holiday had no effect in 1991.  In
determining  the deferred tax under U.S. GAAP,  the Company  records a liability
(or asset) for a temporary difference that reverses after the tax holiday period
ends using the normal taxation rate.

         Sources  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities   consist  of  the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       =======
                                                        1995

<S>                                                    <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Tax losses carryforward and capital allowances         103,789
Other assets                                            53,099
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets, gross                                    156,888
Valuation allowance                                    (28,091)
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets, net                                      128,797
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed assets depreciation                              140,224
Other liabilities                                        7,362
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities                                      147,586
==============================================================
</TABLE>


         As a result of offsetting net deferred tax assets against  deferred tax
liabilities in each tax-paying entity and jurisdiction, a deferred tax assets of
$43,331 and a deferred tax liability of $62,120 were covered.

         As of December  31,  1995,  the Company  and its  subsidiaries  had net
operating losses carryforwards and capital allowance  carryforwards  expiring in
the following years:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        December 31,
                                        ============

                                            1995
- -------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>
Year + 1                                   26,823

Year + 2                                   10,252

Year + 3                                    9,222

Year + 4                                     --

Year + 5 and after                          3,978

No limit                                  246,962
- -------------------------------------------------
Total                                     297,237
=================================================
</TABLE>


                                       49





<PAGE>
23. CREDIT FACILITIES

As of December 31, 1995, the aggregate amount of the Company's  long-term credit
facilities was  approximately  $289,000 under which $289,000 of indebtedness was
outstanding, and the aggregate amount of the Company's short-term facilities was
approximately $784,000 under which $404,540 of indebtedness was outstanding.

24. CAPITAL AND OPERATING LEASES

The Company leases land,  buildings,  plant and equipment  under  non-cancelable
capital and operating lease agreements.

         As of December 31, 1995, the future minimum lease payments to which the
Company was committed consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         =======================
                         Capital       Operating
Year                      Leases         Leases
- ------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>           <C>
1996                       7,605         5,152

1997                         472         4,605

1998                           0         2,012

1999                           0            91

2000 and thereafter            0            85
- ------------------------------------------------
Total                      8,077        11,945
================================================
</TABLE>

         In 1995,  the Company has not financed any equipment  through a capital
lease.

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial  instruments and  derivatives are used  exclusively for purposes other
than trading.

- - INTEREST RATE SWAP  AGREEMENTS In 1992 the Company entered into three interest
rate swap  agreements  maturing in December 1996 for $90,000  (notional  amount)
with the  purpose of changing  the  floating  rates of certain  loans into fixed
rates. One swap was terminated in 1994.

- - FORWARD  EXCHANGE  CONTRACTS  The Company  enters into forward  contracts as a
hedge against commercial  transactions.  Such contracts mature mainly during the
first quarter of 1996, and amount to $191,000  forward sale of U.S.  dollars and
$59,717 forward sale of other foreign currencies and to $14,396 forward purchase
of U.S. dollars and $18,192 forward purchase of other foreign currencies.

- - SALE OF  RECEIVABLES  WITH  RECOURSE  As of  December  31,  1995  there was no
outstanding receivable sold with recourse.

- - FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS  WITH OFF BALANCE  SHEET  RISKS AND  CONCENTRATIONS  OF
CREDIT RISK The Company uses financial  instruments with off-balance sheet risks
primarily to manage its exposure to  fluctuations  in interest rates and foreign
currency  exchange rates.  The Company controls the credit risks associated with
these financial  instruments  through credit  approvals,  investment  limits and
centralized  monitoring  procedures but does not normally require  collateral or
other security from the parties to the financial  instruments  with  off-balance
sheet risk. In addition,  the Company  conducts its  operations  with  customers
located throughout the world.

         Management  believes that  receivables  are well  diversified,  thereby
reducing  potential  credit risk to the Company.  As a consequence,  the Company
does  not  anticipate  non-performance  by  counterparties  which  could  have a
significant impact on its financial position or results of operations.

Interest rate and foreign currency agreements (notional amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    December 31,
                                       =========================
                                         1994             1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>
Long-term interest rate swaps
 (pay fixed, receive variable)          60,000           30,000
Forward exchange contracts:
 Sales                                 159,535          250,717
 Purchases                             (36,537)         (32,588)
================================================================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        ======================================
                         Remaining
                            term           Interest rate
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>            <C>
Long-term interest
 rate swap               12 months                 paid: 6/6.5%
                                        received: Libor + 45Bp

Forward exchange
 contracts                 1 month                         N/A
===============================================================
</TABLE>


- - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS In December 1991, the Financial Accounting
Standards  Board  issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 107
("SFAS 107") "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments".  SFAS 107
requires  disclosures of the estimated  fair value of all financial  instruments
other than  specified  items such as lease  contracts,  subsidiary and affiliate
investments and employers' pension and benefit obligations.  Except for publicly
traded equity and marketable  debt  securities for which market prices have been
used,  these  values  have been  estimated  for the  majority  of the  Company's
financial instruments.


                                       50

<PAGE>
Accordingly,  fair  values  are  based  on  estimates  using  various  valuation
techniques, such as present value of future cash flows.

         However,  methods and  assumptions  followed to disclose data presented
herein are inherently judgmental and involve various limitations,  including the
following:

- - Fair values presented do not take into consideration the effects of future
interest rate and currency fluctuations,

- -  Estimates  as of  December  31, 1995 are not  necessarily  indicative  of the
amounts that the Company would record upon further  disposal/termination  of the
financial instrument.

         As a consequence, the use of different estimations, methodologies and
assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. The
methodologies used are as follows:

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE, BANK OVERDRAFTS,
SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS, ACCOUNTS AND NOTES PAYABLES

The carrying  amounts  reflected in the  consolidated  financial  statements are
reasonable  estimates of fair value  because of the  relatively  short period of
time between the origination of the instruments and their expected realization.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND CURRENT PORTION OF LONG-TERM DEBT

The fair values of these  financial  instruments  were  determined by estimating
future cash flows on a borrowing-by-borrowing basis and discounting these future
cash flows using the Company's  incremental borrowing rates for similar types of
borrowing arrangements.

INTEREST RATE SWAPS AND FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS

The fair value of these  instruments  is the  estimated  amount that the Company
would  receive or pay to settle the related  agreements  as of December 31, 1995
and 1994 based  upon  current  interest  rates and the  creditworthiness  of the
counterparties.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         =======================================================
                                          1994                         1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Carrying      Estimated      Carrying      Estimated
                           Amount       Fair Value      Amount       Fair Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET
Investments                   577             577           578           578
Marketable debt
 securities                58,807          58,807         9,008         9,008
Bank loans
 (including
 current portion)         402,083         369,955       288,908       260,515

OFF-BALANCE SHEET
Long-term interest
 swap                        --               882          --              48
Forward exchange
 contracts                   --              (340)         --            (507)
================================================================================
</TABLE>


26. OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

- - LITIGATION  The Company is involved in a number of  litigations  incidental to
the normal conduct of its operations. However, the ultimate unrecorded liability
with respect to these contingencies is not considered to be material in relation
to the consolidated results.

- - OTHER  CONTINGENT  LIABILITY The Company's  position on certain tax regulation
may differ from the tax authorities' interpretation, which could result in a tax
liability.  However,  the Company  believes the risk of incurring a  significant
liability is remote and,  therefore,  no  significant  provision  was made as at
December 31, 1995.

27. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The  main  transactions  and  balances  with  the  shareholders  of  SGS-THOMSON
Microelectronics Holding N.V. and their affiliates were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  December 31,
                             ==========================================
                               1993            1994              1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>              <C>              <C>
Sales                         72,719          158,457          195,352
Research and
 development expenses        (12,800)         (12,317)         (17,815)
Other purchases
 and expenses                   --            (13,757)         (42,237)
=======================================================================
</TABLE>


         Indebtedness of the Company was supported by guarantees from the
shareholders of SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics Holding N.V. as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   December 31,
                                         ======================
                                           1994           1995

<S>                                      <C>            <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt                           140,763        156,359
Short-term debt                           69,792         79,117
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                    210,555        235,476
===============================================================
</TABLE>






                                       51


<PAGE>

28. SEGMENT INFORMATION
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================================
                                                                                                   Other,
                                                                                                Corporate &
                                          Americas         Asia/Pacific          Europe          Elimination         Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                      <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>                 <C>
1993
Income statement
 Net revenues                              495,462            566,086            975,985               --            2,037,533
 Intersegment sales                         86,603            602,823            682,968         (1,372,394)                 0
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total                                     582,065          1,168,909          1,658,953         (1,372,394)         2,037,533
 Operating profit                            7,688             65,768            146,212             (4,181)           215,487
 Depreciation                              (22,549)           (53,759)          (153,096)              --             (229,404)
 Research & development expenses           (28,286)              (568)          (242,050)              --             (270,904)
Cash-flow statement
 Capital expenditures                       53,596            107,469            284,816               --              445,881
Balance-sheet
 Identifiable assets                       205,684            469,096          1,225,172            340,976          2,240,928
Other information
 Employees                                   1,481              6,468             11,949               --               19,898
 Wages & salaries                          (76,934)           (88,466)          (448,171)              --             (613,571)

1994
Income statement
 Net revenues                              673,514            752,301          1,217,126              2,000          2,644,941
 Intersegment sales                        130,575          1,352,481          2,521,539         (4,004,595)              --
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total                                     804,089          2,104,782          3,738,665         (4,002,595)         2,644,941
 Operating profit                           33,578            141,723            288,430            (30,751)           432,980
 Depreciation                              (29,442)           (70,000)          (188,543)              --             (287,985)
 Research & development expenses           (37,157)            (1,705)          (299,499)              --             (338,361)
Cash-flow statement
 Capital expenditures                      163,302            131,996            484,398               --              779,696
Balance sheet
 Identifiable assets                       411,555            591,202          1,742,175            479,759          3,224,691
Other information
 Employees                                   2,057              7,010             12,950               --               22,017
 Wages & salaries                         (110,840)          (101,111)          (512,181)              --             (724,132)

1995
Income statement
 Net revenues                              846,406          1,080,428          1,627,585               --            3,554,419
 Intersegment sales                        179,767          3,411,776          3,372,542         (6,964,085)                 0
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total                                   1,026,173          4,492,204          5,000,127         (6,964,085)         3,554,419
 Operating profit                           63,348            242,113            355,208             (9,639)           651,030
 Depreciation                              (51,263)           (90,450)          (250,677)              --             (392,390)
 Research & development expenses           (48,607)            (4,875)          (386,852)              --             (440,334)
Cash-flow statement
 Capital expenditures                      187,517            204,694            609,725               --            1,001,936
Balance-sheet
 Identifiable assets                       574,730            845,536          2,336,956            728,784          4,486,006
Other information
 Employees                                   2,439              7,934             15,150               --               25,523
 Wages & salaries                         (139,640)          (120,832)          (625,988)              --             (886,460)
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


The Company is engaged in the design, development,  manufacture and marketing of
a wide variety of  semiconductor  products.  SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics  N.V.
operates in three main geographic areas. In the information above, sales include
local  sales and exports  made by  operations  within each area.  Total sales by
geographic  area include sales to  unaffiliated  customers  and  intergeographic
transfers. To control costs, a substantial portion of the Company's products are
transported  between  the  U.S.,  Asia  and  Europe  in  the  process  of  being
manufactured and sold. Sales to unaffiliated  customers have little  correlation
with the location of manufacture.  As a global  participant in the semiconductor
industry, the Company's business is subject to risks beyond its control, such as
instability of foreign economies and governments and changes in law and politics
affecting trade and investment.


                                       52

<PAGE>
Auditor's Report                               SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.

To the Supervisory  Board and the  Shareholders of SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics
N.V.:

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  SGS-THOMSON
Microelectronics  N.V. (a Dutch corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31,
1995 and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of income,  shareholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  December
31, 1995.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles  used and  significant
estimates  made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial
statement  presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis
for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics  N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and
1994,  and the results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended  December 31, 1995 in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles, as applied in the United States of America.

/s/ Arthur Anderson & Co.
Arthur Andersen & Co.
Amsterdam, The Netherlands
January 26th, 1996

                                       53

<PAGE>
Supervisory Board and
Executive Officers

SUPERVISORY BOARD

JEAN-PIERRE NOBLANC
Chairman
General Manager, Components Sector - CEA Industrie

BRUNO STEVE
Vice Chairman
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer - Finmeccanica

REMY DULLIEUX
Group Executive Vice President, Strategic
Procurement and Development - France Telecom

ALESSANDRO OVI
Chief Executive Officer - Technitel S.p.A.

GIOVANNI  RUOPPOLO  President,  Board of Auditors - Ente  Nazionale  Idrocarburi
S.p.A.

HENRI STARCK
Advisor to the President - Thomson-CSF

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

PASQUALE PISTORIO
President and Chief Executive Officer

LAURENT BOSSON
Corporate Vice President, Front-end Manufacturing
and Americas Region

CARLO BOZOTTI
Corporate Vice President,
European and Headquarters Region

SALVATORE CASTORINA
Corporate Vice President,
Discrete and Standard ICs Group

MURRAY DUFFIN
Corporate Vice President, Total Quality Management

ALAIN DUTHEIL
Corporate Vice President,
Strategic Planning and Human Resources

ENNIO FILAURO
Corporate Vice President, Memory Products Group

PHILIPPE GEYRES
Corporate Vice President, Programmable Products Group

MAURIZIO GHIRGA
Corporate Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

JEAN CLAUDE MARQUET
Corporate Vice President, Asia/Pacific Region

PIER ANGELO MARTINOTTI
Corporate Vice President, New Ventures Group

JOEL MONNIER
Corporate Vice President,
Central Research and Development

PIERO MOSCONI
Corporate Vice President, Treasurer

ALDO ROMANO
Corporate Vice President, Dedicated Products Group

GIORDANO SERAGNOLI
Corporate Vice President, Back-end Manufacturing
and Subsystems Products Group

KEIZO SHIBATA
Corporate Vice President, Japan Region
Corporate Information

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE
SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics
Technoparc du Pays de Gex - B.P. 112
165, Rue Edouard Branly
01630 St. Genis Pouilly - France
Telephone: 33-50-40-26-40

STOCK LISTING
The common stock of SGS-THOMSON  Microelectronics N.V. is traded on the New York
Stock  Exchange  under the symbol "STM".  The common stock is also listed on the
Bourse de Paris and quoted on SEAQ International.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
For questions about transfer procedures or other stock account matters, please
contact:
Bank of New York
(for Shares of New York Registry)
Telephone: 212-815-5800 or 1-800-524-4458

Netherlands Management Company B.V.
(for Shares of Dutch Registry)
Telephone: 31-20-622-9726

INVESTOR RELATIONS
For copies of financial reports and other investor information,  please contact:
Francois Guibert, Group Vice President Business Planning and Development, at the
Principal Executive Office noted above, or call 33-50-40-25-94. In the U.S., you
may call 214-466-7699.






Editorial: Morgen-Walke Associates
Design: Inc Design, New York City  [LOGO] Printed on recycled paper

Photography credits include:

Artechnique Photographie-Seyssins;
CTS-Vimercate, Phoenix;
Studio Foto Manenti-Milan

Certain  names  and  terms  used  herein  are  Registered  Trademarks  of  their
respective owners.

                                       53


<PAGE>
SENIOR
MANAGEMENT
TEAM

     [PHOTO]

- - PRODUCT GROUPS

ALDO ROMANO
Corporate Vice President,
Dedicated Products Group

PHILIPPE GEYRES
Corporate Vice President, Programmable Products Group

PIER ANGELO MARTINOTTI
Corporate Vice President,
New Ventures Group

ENNIO FILAURO
Corporate Vice President,
Memory Products Group

SALVATORE CASTORINA
Corporate Vice President,
Discrete and Standard ICs Group

     [PHOTO]

- - REGIONAL

RICHARD PIERANUNZI
Vice President,
Marketing and Sales
Americas Region

CARLO BOZOTTI
Corporate Vice President,
European and
Headquarters Region

KEIZO SHIBATA
Corporate Vice President,
Japan Region

JEAN-CLAUDE MARQUET
Corporate Vice President,
Asia Pacific Region

     [PHOTO]

- - STAFF FUNCTIONS

PIERO MOSCONI
Corporate Vice President,
Treasurer

ALAIN DUTHEIL
Corporate Vice President,
Strategic Planning and Human
Resources

MAURIZIO GHIRGA
Corporate Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

MURRAY DUFFIN
Corporate Vice President,
Total Quality and Environmental
Management

     [PHOTO]

- - CENTRAL FUNCTIONS

LAURENT BOSSON
Corporate Vice President,
Front-end Manufacturing and
Americas Region

JOEL MONNIER
Corporate Vice President,
Central Research and
Development

GIORDANO SERAGNOLI
Corporate Vice President,
Back-end Manufacturing and
Subsystems Products Group

<PAGE>
[LOGO] SGS-THOMSON
       MICROELECTRONICS

                              ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO.
                                   Accountants



June 27, 1996



Securities and Exchange Commission
Division of International Corporate Finance
450 Fifth Street
Washington D.C.



                        SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics N.V.
                 Information required pursuant to Item 304(a) of
                 regulation SK under the Securities Act of 1933



We have read Item 18 in the Annual  Report on Form 20-F  dated June 27,  1996 of
SGS- THOMSON  Microelectronics N.V. to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and are in agreement with the statements contained therein.



                                                     /s/Arthur Andersen & Co.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission